This paper is the second result of the study of large collections of Plumularioidea (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Leptolida), collected in the seas surrounding New Caledonia, in the Philippines and in Indonesian waters by French expeditions. A total of 13 species belonging to the genera Antennella (five species), Cladoplumaria (one species), Halopteris (four species), Monostaechas (two species) and Corhiza (one species) are described or mentioned in the present report; most of which are illustrated. Three new species, Antennella sinuosa n. sp., Antennella megatheca n. sp. And Corhiza pauciarmata n. sp. are described and another, Halopteris concava (Billard, 1911) is recorded for the first time since the original description. Two species, Antennella sp. and Monostaechas sp. are only identified to the genus level.

BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4, SMIB 5

This publication is the third in a series of accounts on large collections of Plumularioidea McCrady, 1859 (Cnidaria, Hydrozoa, Hydroidolina) obtained during several French expeditions to the Philippines region, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, and the Marquesas Islands. Additional material from Mozambique was also examined and is discussed. A total of 17 species, belonging to the families Kirchenpaueriidae Stechow, 1921 (two species) and Plumulariidae McCrady, 1859 (15 species), are scrutinized and illustrated in the present report. Three new species of the genus Plumularia Lamarck, 1816 are described (Plumularia bathyale n. sp., Plumularia contraria n. sp., Plumularia pseudocontraria n. sp.). The name Plumularia milsteinae n. nom., is proposed for Plumularia spiralis Milstein 1976, a permanently invalid junior homonym of Plumularia spiralis Billard, 1911. Polyplumaria kossowskae (Billard, 1911) is recorded for the first time since its original description. Two species of Plumularia are identified only to the genus level. Type materials of Plumularia habereri Stechow, 1909 and Dentitheca hertwigi Stechow, 1909, and the syntypes of all varieties of Plumularia habereri described by Billard (1913), have also been examined.

BATHUS 3, BENTHEDI, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 4, SMIB 5

One new genus (Schizoplumularia) and three new species (Schizoplumularia vervoorti, S. geniculata and S. elegans) of plumulariids are recognized and described from large collections of plumularioid hydroids collected in New Caledonia and vicinity during several French expeditions. During taxonomic studies of these hydroids, colonies were compared with type material of Plumularia insignis Allman, 1883 and several other similar species-group taxa. As a result, three of the latter (P. flabellum Allman, 1883, P. conjuncta Billard, 1913, and P. billardi nom. nov.) are recognized as valid in addition to P. insignis. The binomen P. billardi is a replacement name for P. insignis var. gracilis Billard, 1913. In being elevated to the rank of species in this work, it becomes an invalid junior primary homonym of several others having the same name.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

Species of the bothid genus Arnoglossus collected from waters around New Caledonia are reviewed. Seven species, including two new species, two new zoogeographical records and three species already recorded from the region were identified, being Arnoglossus septemventralis sp. nov. and A. nigrifrons sp. nov., A. tenuis, A. elongatus, and A. macrolophus, A. japonicus and A. polyspilus, respectively. Arnoglossus septemventralis sp. nov., described from ten specimens collected between 230-315 m off southern New Caledonia, is easily separable from all other members of the genus in having seven pelvic rays on both sides. Arnoglossus nigrifrons sp. nov., described from two specimens collected from 300-315 m on the Chesterfield Plateau and northwest of New Caledonia, is characterized by a rounded upper head profile, several anterior dorsal fm rays elongated in males, gill rakers without serrations and a darkened head region. Arnoglossus tenuis, collected from 10-16 m off New Caledonia, was previously known from southern Japan to the South China Sea, and A. elongatus, from 250-350 m off New Caledonia, previously only from the Madura Sea and northwestern Australia. Arnoglossus macrolophus was collected from relatively shallow waters (49-92 m) off New Caledonia, and A. japonicus and A. polyspilus from deeper waters (210-385 m) off New Caledonia, the Loyalty Islands and Chesterfield Plateau.

BATHUS 1, BERYX 11, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6

Six species of the two related bothid genera Tosarhombus and Parabothus from the Coral Sea are described and keys to species are provided: T. neocaledonicus Amaoka & Rivaton, 1991, T. longimanus sp. nov., T. brevis sp. nov., P. filipes sp. nov., P. kiensis (Tanaka, 1918) and P. coarctatus (Gilbert, 1905). T. longimanus is characterized by having uniserial teeth on upper jaw, a pectoral fin on the ocular side longer than the head in males, 6 2 - 7 1 scales in the lateral line and a light brownbody. T. brevis is characterized by having a deeper body, a shorter pectoral fin on the ocular side in males and smaller mouth. P.filipes is distinguished from known congeners of the genus by the greatly elongated pelvic fm in males and the small number of scales in the lateral line. P. kiensis and P. coarctatus represent first records from the Coral Sea.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4, VOLSMAR

Several french oceanographie expeditions have permitted to explore the bathyals lope, off the New Caledonia Island (South Western Pacifie), between 300 and 2 900 metres depth. During these recent cruises (Biocal, Biogeocal, Musorstom IV-VI, Smib, Calsub),many stalked Crinoids of different families were sampled, or observed and took in pictures with the help of the IFREMER submarine "Cyana". The New Caledonian Crinoid fauna is relatively abundant but less diversified that the fauna which was collected off the Philippines Islands (Western Pacifie). A first list of this stalked Crinoid fauna (13 taxa identified) is established in this paper with a description of three new species (Metacrinus l evii n. sp., Caledonicrinus vaubani n. sp., Proeudesicrinus lifouensis n. sp.) belonging to two new genera (Caledonicrinus n. gen., Proeudesicrinus n. gen.). Further descriptions are supplied for some taxa (Naumachocrinus hawaiiensis, Gymnocrinus, Guillecrinus).Nevertheless, New Caledonian stalked Crinoid fauna appears to be the most archaic in there cent oceans with close relationship with the fossil fauna of the Mesozoic Mesogean Sea. Many taxa have inneed very ancient affinities. Guillecrinus sp. Is the only living representative of the Paleozoic subclass Inadunata. Proisocrinus ruberrimus, Gymnocrinus richeri, Proeudesicrinus lifouensis have relationships with Jurassic adaptative radiation. Caledonicrinus vaubani is the most archaic (late Cretaceous affinities) and the shallower species of the deep-sea family Bathycrinidae. Consequently, historical biogeography and phylogeny of the Indo-Pacific stalked Crinoids through Post-Paleozoic times are discussed with regard to the origin of New Caledonia fauna.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3

P. boucheti is closely related to other Perotrochus species from the Indo-West Pacific such as P. africanus Tomlin, 1948, P. teramachii Kuroda, 1955, P. tangaroana Bouchet & Métivier, 1982 and P. westralis (Whitehead, 1987). Consistent differences in colour of teleoconch and base, sculptural pattern of basal disc and selenizone, shape of aperture and proportion of surface area covered by the umbilical region callus pad on basal disc allow separation on specific level. This represents the fourth species of living Perotrochus in the South Pacific.

BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, Restreint, KARUBAR, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, VOLSMAR

Among specimens of sea anemones collected from the tropical western Pacific on cruises under the auspices of the Institut de Recherche pour le Développement (IRD) and the Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, are some we identify as Exocoelactis actinostoloides (Wassilieff, 1908). We synonymize under this name the species described as Cymbactis maxima Wassilieff, 1908, and Exocoelactis valdiviae Carlgren, 1928. The first two were described from one specimen each, collected at unspecified depths of Sagami Bay, Japan; the latter was based on five specimens reportedly collected off the coast of East Africa at depths of 741 to 823 m. We examined 23 specimens collected in New Caledonia, the Philippines, and Palau from depths of 175 to 480 m. Thus, we extend the geographical and bathymetric range of this species. These specimens allowed us to resolve discrepancies in the definition of the genus Exocoelactis concerning completeness and sterility of the mesenteries: the stronger partner of the mesenterial pairs may be complete and may be sterile.

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 6

Five species of Galatheidae : Alainius crosnieri new genus and new species, Phylladiorhynchus integrirostris (Dana, 1853), P. ikedai (Miyake & Baba, 196S), P. pusillus (Henderson, 188S), and Leiogalathea laevirostris (Balss, 1913), collected from New Caledonia are reported. Phylladiorhynchus antonbruuni Tirmizi & Javed, 1980, is transferred to Munida. Phylladiorhynchus serrirostris (Melin, 1939) is synonymized with P. integrirostris. It is suggested that Phylladiorhynchus caribensis Mayo, 1972, be removed from the genus and eventually placed in a new genus.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, KARUBAR, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

Taxonomic and ecological interest in squat lobsters has grown considerably over the last two decades. A checklist of the 870 current valid species of squat lobsters of the world (families Chirostylidae, Galatheidae and Kiwaidae) is presented. The compilation includes the complete taxonomic synonymy and geographical distribution of each species plus type information (type locality, repository and registration number). The numbers of described species in the world's major ocean basins are summarised.

BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, Restreint, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, Restreint, HALIPRO 2, Restreint, KARUBAR, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMCB, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

CHALCAL 2, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, GEMINI, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Two new genera, nine new species and one new subspecies of Primnoidae are described from New Caledonian waters and two species from the Hawaiian Archipelago. The geographical distribution of Fanellia is extended to New Caledonia, and that of Pterostenella is extended to the Philippines as well as to New Caledonia. A revised key to the genera of Primmoidae is given, as well as keys to the species of Perissogorgia n. gen. And Fanellia Gray.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, Restreint, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The Ranellidae, Bursidae and Personidae from the New Caledonia region (including the Loyalty Islands, the Coral Sea and the New Hebrides Arc) are monographed based on the results of an extensive collecting effort totalling more than 1000 stations. Seventy-three species are recorded, with numerous range extensions. One of the more remarkable aspects of this fauna is the uniquely diverse deep-water tonnoidean assemblage, dominated by species such as Bursa fijiensis, B. latitudo, B. quirihorai, species of Distorsio, Sassia remensa, and less common small personids in the genera Distorsionella and Personopsis. The number of species of New Caledonian Personidae is the highest yet recorded. The Personopsis species are the first modem ones correctly referred to the genus. Revisions are provided of Biplex, Gyrineum, Cyinatium (Gelagna), the Cymatium vespaceum, C. tenuiliratum and Bursa latitudo species groups, of southwest Pacific species of Sassia, and of several Cymatium (Ranularia) and Distorsio species. New genera proposed are Halgyrineum (Ranellidae) and Distorsomina (Personidae). Seven new species are proposed: Biplex bozzettii (from Somalia and southem India), Gyrineum longicaudatum (from the tropical westem Pacific), Cymatium pemiiketi (from Oman), Distorsio parvimpedita, Distorsionella pseudaphera, Personopsis purpurata and P. trigonaperta (all from New Caledonia). The nomenclature of numerous taxa is stabilized by the designation of neotypes and lectotypes for nominal species named by A. Adams & Reeve, Broderip, Deshayes, Dillwyn, Dunker, Fulton, Gmelin, Gould, Gray, Iredale, Jousseaume, Kuenen. Küster, Lamarck, Linné, Martin. Mighels, d'Orbigny, Perry, Reeve, Röding, Salis Marschlins, Schepman, Schumacher, G B. Sowerby II, and Wood.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, GEMINI, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Specimens of the genera Mathilda and Tuba from New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands are studied, and compared with numerous other nominal mathildid species from the Indo-Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. Diversity is high in this region, with several species showing a much wider distribution in the Indo-Pacific than previously ascertained. Mathilda Semper, 1865 is used sensu lato, including Fimbriatella, Granulicharilda, Mathildona and Opimilda. From the study area thirteen species are diagnosed and compared, and several as yet unnamed forms that need further study are also discussed. Four new species are described, and Mathilda fusca (Okutani & Habe, 1981), previously placed in the turritellid genus Orectospira, is recognized as the largest extant member of the family Mathildidae. Tuba Lea, 1833 is also used sensu lato, including Gegania and Tubena, and is represented by two species (one described as new). Twelve Indo-Pacific species previously referred to as Mathildidae are removed from the family: Mathildona cookiana Dell, 1956 (Epitoniidae); Mathilda elegantula Angas, 1871 (Pyramidellidae ?); M. eurytima Melvill & Standen, 1896 (Cerithiidae); M. gracillima Melvill & Standen, 1901 (Capulidae); M. oppia Hedley, 1907 (Rissoidae); M. opulenta Hedley, 1907 (Cerithiidae); M. rosae Hedley, 1901 (Eulimidae); Eucharilda pleurorbis Laseron, 1951, and Opimilda protolineata Laseron, 1951 (Triphoridae); O. porrigata Laseron, 1951 (Cerithiopsidae ?); Dunkeria pulchella A. Adams, 1860, and D. scabra A. Adams, 1860 (Epitoniidae).

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Alcithoe aillaudorum n. sp. is the first Alcithoe known outside New Zealand waters; it is however not consider ed a Gondwanian vicariant relict but is probably a recent 'immigrant that dispersed from New Zealand to New Caledonia via the Norfolk ridge. Lyria exorata n . Sp. Is known from Capel and Kelso Banks, two submerged flat plateaus surrounded by abyssal depths in the Coral Sea. L. habei Okutani, 1979 is a new record for New Caledonia. Records of other Lyria are reviewed and summarized. Although the distribution of Lyria in the Western Pacific corresponds rather well with the limits of the Pacific plate, this distribution appears to be a result of constraints in larval biology rather than a reflection of the plate tectonic history of the area.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 1, SMIB 3

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, VAUBAN 1978-1979

One new genus and nine new species of Cancellariidae are described from New Caledonia from depths between 200 and 600 meters. They are: Africotriton adelphum new species, Mirandaphera new genus, Mirandaphera cayrei new species, Mirandaphera maestratii new species, Merica marisca new species, Sveltia rocroii new species, Sveltia splendidula new species, Nipponaphera pardalis new species, Nipponaphera cyphoma new species, and Nipponaphera goniata new species. Africotriton adelphum new species is the first species in that genus known from outside South Africa and Australia. The new genus Mirandaphera is characterized by its broad, non-umbilicate shell with very large crenulated axial ribs, and axial columella. The genus is composed of the new species described herein, Mirandaphera maestratii new species and M. cayrei new species, and two other species: M. tosaensis (Habe, 1961) new combination and M. arafurensis (Verhecken, 1997) new combination, from deep water off Japan and the Arafura Sea respectively. Trigonaphera teramachii Habe, 1961 and Agatrix. nodosivaricosa Petuch, 1979 are transferred to Nipponaphera. New species of Merica, Sveltia, and Nipponaphera are the deepest dwelling known representatives in their respective genera.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 8

Recent deep-sea explorations in the South Pacific have documented around New Caledonia the most diverse fauna of gastropods of the family Volutomitridae anywhere in the world. Fourteen species (nine new, two remaining unnamed) are recorded, all essentially confined to the 250–750 m depth range. The high number of species in the New Caledonia region does not appear to be an effect of sampling intensity, but appears to result from four factors: regional spatial heterogeneity, frequency of hard substrates, syntopy, and a historical heritage shared with Australia and New Zealand, which until now ranked as the major centre of volutomitrid diversity. In the New Caledonia region, volutomitrids show a marked preference for hard bottoms and up to three species may cooccur in the same dredge haul. Many species appear to have extremely narrow geographical distributions within the region (e.g. a single seamount or a single submerged plateau); conversely, Microvoluta joloensis, the only non-endemic volutomitrid present in New Caledonia, ranges from the Mozambique Channel to Tonga.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The Institut de Recherche pour le Développement (IRD, formerly ORSTOM) and Muséum national d’Histoire naturelle (MNHN) launched in the early 1980s a suite of oceanographic expeditions to sample the deep-water benthos of the tropical South and West Pacific, with emphasis on the 100-1,500 m bathymetric zone. This paper reviews the development of this programme to date. It describes the procedures involved in curating the material collected and the involvement of an international network of taxonomic experts to identify, describe and name the molluscan fauna. So far, 1,028 species of molluscs have been recorded from the New Caledonia Exclusive Economic Zone from depths below 100 m, and 601 of these (58.4%) were new species. An additional 142 new species have been described from other South Pacifi c island groups (Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, Fiji, Wallis and Futuna, Tonga, Marquesas Islands and Austral Islands). However, the hyper-diverse families have essentially remained untouched. Regional differences among island groups are high, and New Caledonia, which has been sampled best, shows several discrete areas of micro-endemism. We speculate that the deep-sea mollusc fauna of New Caledonia may amount to 15-20,000 species, and the corresponding number for the whole South Pacifi c may be in the order of 20-30,000 species.

AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, GEMINI, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, LUMIWAN 2008, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A recent representative (Echinodermata) of the jurassic family Hemicrinidae: Gymnocrinusricheri nov. sp. from the bathyal slope, off the New Caledonia Island (South Western Pacific) Gymnocrinus richeri nov. sp. is a new stalked crinoid (Crinoidea) with a short stem and a very asymmetrical crown, a feature which was not yet observed in the recent fauna. The peculiar morphology of the brachials suggests an attribution to the jurassic genus Gymnocrinus which was only known from a few disassociated ossicles. The complete specimens permit to confirm the close affinities between Cyrtocrinus, Gymnocrinus and Hemicrinus, three genera which may be gathered into the family Hemicrinidae (Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous). That strange crinoid was discovered from the epibathyal slope, off New Caledonia at a depth of 470m.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, SMIB 3

Several French oceanographic expeditions have enhanced the exploration of the bathyal slope, off New Caledonia (South Western Pacific). During these recent cruises (BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, MUSORSTOM 4-6, CHALCAL 2, SMIB 3-4, CALSUB), many stalked Crinoids of different orders and suborders (Isocrinida Pentacrinidae, Millericrinina, Bourgueticrinina, Cyrtocrinida and incertae sedis) have been sampled, or observed and photographed with the help of the IFREMER submersible « Cyana ». The samples come from depths between 230 and 3700 meters but the most numerous faunas have been gathered in the 200-600 meters bathymetrical interval. Fourteen genera are represented in the crinoid fauna of New Caledonia which have never been inventoried or illustrated : Metacrinus, Saracrinus, Diplocrinus, Proisocrinus, Caledonicrinus, Porphyrocrinus, Naumachocrinus, Bathycrinus, Gymnocrinus, Holopus, Proeudesicrinus, Thalassocrinus, Hyocrinus, Guillecrinus. Some of these are only known from the New Caledonian bathyal slope ( Caledonicrinus, Proeudesicrinus). Until now the genus Holopus was known only from the Tropical Western Atlantic Ocean and the genus Guillecrinus was known only from the bathyal slope of the Indian Ocean. Detailed descriptions of sixteen species are given. Three taxa are illustrated for the first time : Holopus alidis sp. Nov., Guillecrinus neocaledonicus sp. Nov. And Hyocrinus cyanae sp. Nov. Further descriptions are supplied for some species (Naumachocrinus hawaiiensis, Gymnocrinus richeri) and for three recently described new taxa from New Caledonia off shore (Metacrinus levii, Caledonicrinus vauhani, Proeudesicrinus lifouensis). The New Caledonian Pentacrinid fauna is abundant but ess diverse than the rich fauna which has been collected off the Philippines (Western Pacific). Only four species are known from New Caledonia : Metacrinus levii. Metacrinus musorstomae, Saracrinus nohilis, Diplocrinus allernicirrus. Cyrtocrinida are very numerous between 300-500 meters, especially Gymnocrinus richeri and Holopus alidis. This bathymetrical interval is also occupied by Caledonicrinus vauhani. The shallower species of the deep-sea family Bathycrinidae and by Porphyrocrinus. Proisocrinus ruberrimus. Naumachocrinus hawaiiensis. Bathycrinus. Hyocrinidac with Hyocrinus, Thalassocrinus and the incertae sedis Guillecrinus neocaledonicus are living in the deep sea (below 1000 meters). Nevertheless, the New Caledonian stalked Crinoid fauna appears to be the most archaic in the recent oceans showing a close relationship with the fossil fauna of the Mesozoic Mesogean Sea. Many taxa have indeed very ancient affinities : Guillecrinus is the only living representative of the Paleozoic subclass Inadunata. Proisocrinus ruberrimus. Gymnocrinus richeri and Proeudesicrinus lifouensis have relationships with Jurassic adaptative radiation, Caledonicrinus vauhani is the most archaic (late Cretaceous affinities) species of the deep-sea family Bathycrinidae. Consequently, historical biogeography and phylogeny of the Indo-Pacific stalked Crinoids, through Post-Paleozoic times, are discussed with regard on the origin of New Caledonia fauna.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, Restreint, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Thirty five species attributed to Serrata Jousseaume, 1875 are recognized from the bathyal zone of New Caledonia. Four of these, S. beatrix (Cossignani, 2001), S. tuii (Cossignani, 2001), S. stylaster (Boyer, 2001) and S. boucheti (Boyer, 2001), were previously described in other genera, and 31 other species are here described as new. This series of 35 Serrata species from New Caledonia increases fi ve-fold the Recent specifi c diversity recognized in the genus. The diversity of Serrata species from New Caledonia is inferred to be very partially known, based on the fact that 31% of the identifi ed species are represented in the collections by only one specimen and that 51% were collected at only single stations. The important Serrata fauna documented here has an asymmetrical geographical distribution in New Caledonia, the highest diversity of species being found off far southern New Caledonia and on the northern Norfolk Ridge. The Serrata fauna from New Caledonia, the Loyalty Ridge and the Norfolk Ridge appears to be isolated in the southwest Pacifi c, but it has affi nities with several species occurring in the fossil or Recent fauna of Australia and New Zealand. The fossil distribution of Serrata extends from the Eocene of Alabama to the Pliocene of New Zealand. The distribution of the genus in the Recent seems to be restricted mostly to the southern Indo-Pacifi c latitudes from Cape Agulhas to the Tuamotu Islands, with maximum diversity from the Australian Platform to the Norfolk and New Caledonia Ridges. The fossil genera Euryentome Cossmann, 1899 and Conuginella Laseron, 1957 and the Recent genera Deviginella Laseron, 1957 and Serrataginella Coovert & Coovert, 1995 are proposed as junior synonyms of Serrata. Marginella anatina Lea, 1833 is used instead of Euryentome silabra Palmer, 1937 as the valid name for the type species of the genus Euryentome. The fossil genus Strombiginella Laseron, 1957 is placed in synonymy with the recent genus Hydroginella Laseron, 1957. Serrata and Hydroginella do not seem more closely related to each other than they are to Volvarina-Prunum or to the Austroginella and Dentimargo groups. The “Serrata Group” sensu Coovert & Coovert 1995, composed of Hydroginella, Serrata and 3 synonymous genera, is rejected as being a possibly polyphyletic assemblage. The high disparity in the specifi c shell morphologies of Serrata, the frequent combination of features found as typical in Volvarina and Dentimargo in the Recent, the occurrence of many morphological intergrades between these genera since the Mid-Eocene of the western Tethys sea, and the higher specifi c frequency of the plesiomorphic character of a radula with numerous cusps, together suggest that the genus Serrata may be situated near the base of the common stem from which most of the Recent groups of the Volvarina-Dentimargo complex have differentiated.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 2, SMIB 3

A small collection of palaemonoid shrimps, mainly Pontoniinae, from New Caledonian waters of over 100 m depth, has been studied and found to represent 27 taxa, including eight new species of Periclimenes, one new species of both Periclimenaeus and Mesopontonia, and three specimens, including a single ovigerous female, representing a new genus, Amphipontonia kanak. Seven species were recorded from New Caledonian waters for the first time. The species of Periclimenaeus, from 370-450 m, represents the greatest depth from which this mainly shallow-water genus has been reported. Two species, a Periclimenes and a Mesopontonia, both new, were found together in association with a hexactinellid sponge host, Phoronema sp., the first reported association of pontoniine shrimps with a hexactinellid host. Another new Periclimenes, with a remarkable pectinate ambulatory dactylus, is also possibly associated with the "living fossil" crinoid, Gymnocrinus richeri. The present study increases to 57 the number of palaemonoid shrimps known from Indo-West Pacific marine waters exceeding 100 m depth, and clearly indicates that these shrimps are quite well represented in deeper tropical seas. A list of the Indo-West Pacific palaemonoid shrimps known from over 100 m depth, with a new key to the deep-water Indo-West Pacific species of the genus Periclimenes is provided.

BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 5

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The inventory of epibenthic dredgings in the areas of New Caledonia, Indonesia and Wallis and Futuna Islands shows that there are 14 species of Euphausiids, of which Pseudeuphausia sinica is new for this region. Another species, Thysanopoda cornuta, sampling of which is always exceptional, leads the author to report on a closely related species, T. minyops, caught in the South of Madagascar and of which it is the second mention since its description. These two, giant, abyssal species are compared and original morphological features are described. In the Euphausiids, except petasma, modifications of the tegumental parts linked with reproduction only affect the segment bearing the gonopores, the coxae and sternites being involved in both sexes. In the females, the thelycum is a median unpaired specific modification of the sixth sternite articular sheet, partly closed by the coxal fold of the sixth thoracopods. The insertion of the spermatophores and their relation with the orifices of oviducts, situated beneath the coxae, helps in understanding the entirely external functioning of these seminal receptacles. A description of the antennular sensory setae is provided for the deep species Bentheuphausia amblyops.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MD20 (SAFARI), MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7

In numerous samples dredged in the New Caledonian area during many cruises (MUSORSTOM 4, 5 and 6, in particular), 11 species of mysidaceans were caught, 3 of which new to science. Nine belong to the sub-order Lophogastrida : Gnathophausia ingens, G. elegans fagei, Lophogaster manilae, L. neocaledonensis sp. nov., Paralophogasler glaber, P. foresti, P. philippinensis, P. boucheti sp. Nov., and Eucopia australis. Two others belong to Mysida : Petalophthalmus armiger and Hansenomysis carinata sp. Nov. Some original morphological features are provided for a few already known species (such as the description of females of L. manilae), as well as the bathymetrie distribution of species of Lophogaster and Paralophogaster.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, VOLSMAR

Seamounts were often considered as‘hotspots of diversity’ and ‘centers of endemism’,but recently this opinion has been challenged. After 25 years of exploration and the work of numerous taxonomists, the Norfolk Ridge (Southwest Pacific) is probably one of the best-studied seamount chains worldwide. However,even in this intensively explored area, the richness and the geographic patterns of diversity are still poorly characterized. Among the benthic organisms,the post-mortem remains of mollusks can supplement live records to comprehensively document geographical distrbutions. Moreover, the accretionary growth of mollusk shells informs us about the lifes pan of the pelagic larva.To compare diversity and level of endemism between the Norfolk Ridge seamounts and the continental slopes of New Caledonia we used species occurrence data drawn from (i) the taxonomic literature on mollusks and (ii) a raw dataset of mainly undescribed deep-sea species of the hyperdiverse Turridae. Patterns of endemism and species richness were analyzed through quantitative indices of endemism and species richness estimates or metrics.To date, 403 gastropods and bivalves species have been recorded on the Norfolk Ridge seamounts. Of these, at least 38 species(10%) are potentially endemic to the seamounts and nearly all of 38 species have protoconchs indicating lecithotrophic larval development. Overall, our results suggest that estimates of species richness and endemism ,when sampling effort is taken into account, were not significantly different between slopes and seamounts. By including in our analyses 347 undescribed morphospecies from the Norfolk Ridge, our results also demonstratet he influence of taxonomic bias on our estimates of species richness and endemism.

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 2, LITHIST, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TERRASSES

The taxonomy of the crabs belonging to the family Palicidae Bouvier, 1898 from the Indo-west Pacific region is revised. On the basis of extensive material collected by French expeditions in the Coral Sea and other regions of the Pacific and Indian oceans, as well as material from numerous museums, including most of the types, the present study recognizes two subfamilies, 10 genera, and 43 species. Of these taxa, four are new genera: Exopalicus, Miropalicus, Paliculus, and Rectopalicus. Manella is synonymized with Crossotonotus A. Milne Edwards, 1873. Parapleurophricoides Nobili, 1906, sometimes believed to be a palicid, is a xanthoid and it is removed from the Palicidae. Nine nominal species described by previous authors are synonymized and an additional 17 species are described.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, Restreint, SMCB, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, Restreint, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A reappraisal of the taxonomy of the brachyuran crabs belonging to the family Goneplacidae MacLeay, 1838 sensu lato has resulted in the revision of the subfamily Goneplacinae, which combines the subfamilies Goneplacinae MacLeay, 1838 and Carcinoplacinae H. Milne Edwards, 1852. Most of the 66 species of Goneplacinae sensu stricto that are listed herein inhabit relatively deep water and are infrequently collected. The subfamily Goneplacinae sensu stricto now consists of 17 genera of which 10 are being described as new: Carcinoplax H. Milne Edwards, 1852, with 18 species of which four are new; Entricoplax n. gen., monotypic; Exopheticus n. gen., with two species; Goneplacoides n. gen., monotypic; Goneplax Leach, 1814, with four species; Hadroplax n. gen., monotypic; Menoplax n. gen., monotypic; Microgoneplax n. gen., with five species of which four are new; Neogoneplax n. gen., with three species of which two are new; Neommatocarcinus Takeda & Miyake, 1969, monotypic; Notonyx A. Milne-Edwards, 1873, with three species; Ommatocarcinus White, 1852, with four species; Paragoneplax n. gen., monotypic; Psopheticus Wood-Mason, 1892, with four species; Pycnoplax n. gen., with five species of which one is new; Singhaplax Serene & Soh, 1976, with seven species of which four are new; and Thyraplax n. gen., with five species of which three are new. All goneplacine genera are exclusive to the Indo-West Pacific region (plus contiguous temperate areas) except Goneplax, which is so far known mostly from the Atlantic and Mediterranean regions. Four nominal species described by other authors were found to be junior subjective synonyms for other species: Carcinoplax verdensis Rathbun, 1914 and C polita Guinot, 1989 synonymous of C specularis Rathbun, 1914; Goneplax megalops Komatsu & Takeda, 2003 of Goneplacoides marivenae (Komatsu & Takeda, 2003) n. comb.; and Psopheticus insolitus Guinot, 1990 of P stridulans Wood-Mason, 1892.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMCB, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, VOLSMAR

The Indo-West-Pacific material previously identified as Eugonatonotus crassus (A. Milne Edwards, 1881) is found to be distinct from the typical form in the tropical Western Atlantic by bearing an extra pair of spines at the fifth abdominal tergite. The new form, named E. chacei sp. nov., is described and a holotype selected from Taiwanese material. The morphological differences between the two species are listed and discussed and their coloration is illustrated.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2

The species of Pontocaris Bate, 1888, and related genera, Aegaeon Agassiz, 1846 and Parapontocaris Alcock, 1901, are reviewed based on the abundant samples collected by ORSTOM (Institut français de Recherche scientifique pour le Développement en Coopération), the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, the Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, and the National Taiwan Ocean University, as well as those deposited at other museums and institutions. Altogether 21 species and one subspecies are recognized which appear to form three natural groups. The genus Parapontocaris Alcock, 1901 is retained for the 6 species assigned to it by CHACE (1984), but different characters are used to differentiate them. An interlocking mechanism between the posterior thoracic sternites and the carapace is found in all species of the Pontocaris propensalata group, but not in the others. Furthermore, females of this group can modify their pereiopods, probably for the care of the eggs, when they molt for spawning. Such modification of the pereiopods is unique in the carideans according to present knowledge. Thus, the genus Pontocaris Bate, 1888, is now restricted to the species of this group and BRUCE'S (1988) Pontocheras becomes a junior synonym of the former. At present 10 species and one subspecies are recognized in this group, with the names P. affinis (Alcock, 1901) and P. hilarula (de Man, 1918) revived and four new species and one new subspecies described : P. major from the Philippines, P. laurentae and P. spinifera from Indonesia, P. profundior from the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden, and P. affinis allodactylus from the Red Sea. The name Aegaeon Agassiz, 1846 is revived for five species with characters intermediate between Parapontocaris and Pontocaris (as defined here), namely A. cataphractus (Olivi, 1792), A. lacazei (Gourret, 1887), A. orientalis Henderson, 1893, A. rathbuni de Man, 1918 and A. boschii (Christoffersen, 1988). Keys for distinguishing these three genera and the identification of the species are provided. The distribution and evolution, as well as sexual dimorphism and polymorphism in females, of these species are briefly discussed. Both the morphological characters and distribution patterns suggest that the genus Parapontocaris is relatively more ancient and has a typical Tethys distribution. On the other hand, species of Pontocaris possess many advanced characters and are still actively evolving in the Indo-West Pacific. The intermediate genus Aegaeon probably forms a link between the above two genera and has successfully invaded the Atlantic from the original Indo-West Pacific distribution.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Samples collected by ORSTOM (Institut de Recherche Scientifique pour le Developpement en Cooperation), Service Mixte de Contrôle Biologique des Armees (SMCB) and the National Taiwan Ocean University in the Indo-West Pacific (off Madagascar, Seychelles Islands, Taiwan, Philippines, Indonesia, Chesterfield Islands, New Caledonia and Polynesia) as well as others obtained on loan from various museums led to a reexamination of the species belonging to the Plesionika narval group. Fourteen species are recognized of which 6 are new : P. yui from Taiwan, P. echinicola from New Caledonia, P. laurentae from New Caledonia and Eastern Australia, P. flavicauda from New Caledonia and Polynesia, P. rubrior and P. curvata from Polynesia. P. escalilis (Stimpson, 1860) is considered to be a synonym of P. narval. The specimens from the Atlantic identified as STIMPSON'S species by LEMAITRE and GORE (1988) are identified as P. longicauda (Rathbun, 1901). P. narval and P. serratifrons (Borradaile, 1900) are considered as distinct species but so similar that finding reliable characters to separate them is very difficult especially as individual variations are observed. P. narval is presently regarded as living only in the Mediterranean and Eastern Atlantic (from Spain to Cape Verde Islands) but it appears South-West Pacific and with a rather restricted distribution. A key mainly for adults is offered for the identification of the species of this group. As coloration very often seems to be a reliable character for identifying fresh specimens, color photographs are included. Unfortunately it was not possible to obtain information on the coloration of all the species and consequently this character could only be used rarely in the key.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Before the present study, Plesionika rostricrescentis (Bate, 1888) and P. lophotes Chace, 1985 were the two Plesionika species unique in having a high basal rostral crest. A recently described species, P. erythrocyclus Chan & Crosnier, 1997 has a low basal rostral crest but is evidently related to P. rostricrescentis. Close examination of the abundant material collected during the MUSORSTOM expeditions and from Taiwan revealed that there are at least eight species in this ‘‘P. rostricrescentis-P. lophotes’’ species complex. These taxa are morphologically very similar but can be distinguished by their very distinctive colorations, which are often striking and consist of large circular spots. In the ‘‘P. rostricrescentis’’ group, which has the dorsal margin of the rostrum unarmed between the anteriormost tooth of the basal rostral crest and the subapical teeth, five species are recognized. Plesionika rostricrescentis is still known only by the holotype from the Kai Islands. Two new species, P. hsuehyui and P. suffusa, closely similar to P. rostricrescentis, are described. Plesionika hsuehyui is widely distributed from Taiwan to Fiji, while P. suffusa has only been found off New Caledonia. Plesionika erythrocyclus, previously known only from Taiwan and French Polynesia, occurs widely in the southern Pacific. Another new species, P. bimaculata, which closely resembles P. erythrocyclus, is distributed off New Caledonia and in adjacent areas. Three species are recognized in the ‘‘P. lophotes’’ group, which bear dorsal rostral teeth between the basal rostral crest and subapical teeth. Plesionika lophotes is restricted to the area between Japan and northwestern Australia. Two further closely similar new species, P. rufomaculata and P. scopifera are described, the former widely distributed from Okinawa to Futuna Island, the latter only off New Caledonia and Tonga. Although coloration is very important in distinguishing these species, species with similar color patterns do not necessarily belong to the same species group. Morphologically, these species are mainly separated by the height of the basal rostral crest, the number of rostral teeth, and the length of the stylocerite and the dactyli of the posterior three pereiopods. However, there is sexual dimorphism in the development of the basal rostral crest in these species, sometimes making positive identification of males and young specimens difficult.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, VOLSMAR

Recent French deep-sea expeditions in the Indo-West Pacific resulted in the collection of abundant material of the deep-sea lobster genus Puerulus Ortmann, 1897 (Palinuridae). Difficulties in identification necessitated a generic revision and as a result, five new species are described, all of which are similar to P. angulatus (Bate, 1888). Puerulus angulatus was thought to have a wide distribution from eastern Africa to Marquesas Islands, but is now restricted to the western Pacific, from Japan to Australia. Of the five new species, P. gibbosus n. sp. is found in eastern Africa, P. mesodontus n. sp. from Japan to Fiji, P. richeri n. sp. from the New Caledonia to Marquesas Islands, while P. sericus n. sp. and P. quadridentis n. sp. mainly occur around New Caledonia. Of the other three previously described species, the distribution of P. velutinus Holthuis, 1963, is extended to Fiji, while P. sewelli Ramadan, 1938, and P. carinatus Borradaile, 1910, are still only known from the northern and western parts of the Indian Ocean, respectively. COI gene sequence differences support the morphological species distinctions.

AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, Restreint, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LITHIST, MAINBAZA, Restreint, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2001, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Dorippidae material collected by several French expeditions (MUSORSTOM 3-6, CHALCAL l, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL) from 1980 to 1989, a French Indonesian cruise (CORINDON 2) in 1980 and the MARIEL KING MEMORIAL EXPEDITION in 1970 off the Philippines, Indonesia, Chesterfield Islands and New Caledonia yielded a total of 24 species (including 2 uncertain species) belonging to 2 subfamilies and 3 genera. Twelve species are new and 10 species are first records from New Caledonia.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, Restreint, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 6

Numerous samples of Stylodactylidae collected between 1976 and 1989 off the Philippines, New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands (MUSORSTOM, BIOCAL, CHALCAL, CORAIL 2 a n d SMIB cruises) are studied here. Other collections from Indonesia (CORINDON 2 cruise), Madagascar (coll. A. CROSNIER and R. CLEVA), and la Réunion (« MARION DUFRESNE », cruise M D 32) are included. This material is of particular interest since many specimens of various taxa have been collected : eighteen species and subspecies have been identified in it, of which nine are new : three species and one subspecies in the genus Stylodactylus. four species in the genus Parastylodactylus, and one in the new genus Stylodactyloides. Nine species and one subspecies of the genus Stylodactylus A. Milne Edwards, 1881., are represented in the collections studied here. S. laurentae sp. nov., with its typically short rostrum, seems to be one of the most common shrimps of the genus in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. S. profundus sp. nov., unfortunately represented by specimens in incomplete or poor condition, extends the bathymetric range of the family : it has been collected, off New Caledonia, between 1395-1410 and 1618-1740 m. S. brevidactylus sp. nov. is represented by a single specimen from the Philippines : we at first considered that this specimen was an aberrant example of S. multidentatus Kubo, 1942, but decided then to re-examine our opinion because of its peculiar characters. Twenty seven specimens (eleven from the Philippines and sixteen from Chesterfield Islands and New Caledonia) have been identified as S. licinus Chace, 1983, a little known species described from the Philippines, and eleven others (one from Indonesia and ten from New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands) as S. tokarensis Zarenkov, 1968, only known by the holotype collected in the east China sea (the paratype of S. tokarensis is suspected of being a specimen of S. licinus Chace). S. multidentatus Kubo, 1942, is probably one of the most commonly caught species of the family. Many specimens have been collected by the french campaigns from the Philippines, New Caledonia, and Madagascar : Neocaledonian specimens differ from the former by a longer rostrum and longer spines on the margin of the antennal scale. These differences are still more accentuated in Madagascarian specimens, and we finally decided to create for them a new subspecies, S. multidentatus robustus. Two other species of Stylodactylus are represented in our material : S. macropus Chace, 1983, of which the only previouly known specimen was collected by the « ALBATROSS » in the Philippines, is reported here, again from the Philippines and from New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. S. libratus Chace, 1983, described from a single specimen from Indonesia (Celebes, « ALBATROSS » collection) and reported then from Australia (New South Wales) by KENSLEY, TRANTER and GRIFFIN (1987) has been collected in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. One specimen from Madagascar appears to be very close to S. libratus but shows however some différences from it, so that we identify it as S. aff. libratus. The genus Neostylodactylus Hayashi & Miyake, 1968, is represented in our material by two species : N. amarynthis (de Man, 1902), and N. affinis Hayashi & Miyake, 1968 : in these two species we have noted the very particular sexual dimorphism mentioned by CHACE (1983 : 6) for N. amarynthis : females differ from maies in lacking arthrobranchs on pereiopods 1 to 4. The geographical distribution of N. amarynthis extends now, in the Indo-Pacific, to the southwestern Indian Océan (La Réunion), and that of N. affinis, previously known only from the Korea Strait at 120 m depth, is shown to belong to the New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands fauna ; it has been caught between 235 and 440 m. Four new species have been included in the genus Parastylodactylus created by FIGUEIRA in 1971 for Stylodactylus bimaxillaris Bate, 1888, and until now monospecific. P. bimaxillaris (Bate), known from a large part of the Indo-Pacific, is mentioned for the first time from New Caledonia and Madagascar. P. tranterae sp. nov., collected off New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands, was first reported from Australia (New South Wales) by KENSLEY, TRANTER a n d GRIFFIN (1987) who suspected that it was a new species, butdid not name it, on account of the poor condition of the single specimen in their possession. P. semblatae sp. nov. seems to be very common in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands. P. richeri sp. nov., from New Caledonia, and P. longidactylus sp. nov., from the Philippines, each represented by a few specimens only, are fairly closely related species, but however are clearly distinct taxa. A new genus, Stylodactyloides, is proposed for a new species collected from New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands, 5. crosnieri, which has a very unusual stylocerite, broadly rounded distally, which distinguishes it from ail other members of the family. It may be noted that several points in the systematics of the Stylodactylidae remain obscure. These will necessitate the examination of new collections. This work, however, shows the particular interest of these collection, concerning a little known and poorly represented family (nine new taxa described, representing more than one third of the species known until now), and indicates the richness of New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands waters, where thirteen species have been collected, including six of the nine new ones. Ail the new taxa have been illustrated, and individual variations carefully studied in the species represented by numerous specimens. Color photographs of several species, taken on board during some of these cruises, complété the iconography. Identification keys are proposed for the four généra and twenty six species and subspecies now recognized in the family.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, VAUBAN 1978-1979

During the French-Indonesian expedition KARUBAR off Kai and Tanimbar Islands (Moluccas) in 1991, eight species of Stylodactylidae were collected. One of these species, Parastylodactylus moluccensis was new. Two other species, Parastylodactylus richeri Cleva, 1990, and Neostylodactylus affinis Hayashi & Miyake, 1968, are recorded from the region for the first time and the remaining five species, Stylodactylus tokarensis Zarenkov, 1968, S. multidentatus Kubo, 1942, S. libratus Chace, 1983, Parastylodactylus bimaxillaris (Bate, 1888), and Stylodactylus licinus Chace, 1983, are already known from the Indonesian area, the last one having been recorded recently by TAKEDA and HANAMURA (1994). On the other hand, some specimens, at first identified doubtfully as Stylodactylus libratus, and related to Stylodactylus pubescens Burukovsky, 1990, have been causing trouble to us, and we have not find till now a satisfying solution: they are mentionned here as Stylodactylus sp. Stylodactylus brevidactylus Cleva, 1990, considering the variability observed through 49 specimens of S. multidentatus Kubo collected during this cruise, is synonymised with this species. We added to the indonesian material, for each different species, the specimens collected recently from Wallis and Futuna, the Vanuatu and New-Caledonia. The species from these three countries which have not been collected during the KARUBAR expedition are mentionned at the end of this study.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 8

Seven shrimp species of the family Stylodactylidae are reported here from Taiwanese waters, four of which represent new records for the area. Only three species of this family were previously known from Taiwan: Stylodactylus in multidentatus Kubo, 1942, and Parastylodactylus bimaxillaris (Bate, 1888), both present in the collection studied here, and Bathystylodactylus inflatus Hanamura & Takeda, 1996, no material in the present collection. Stylodactylus major Hayashi & Miyake, 1968, is recorded for the second time. The other species are: Stylodactylus libratus Chace, 1983, Stylodactylus licinus Chace, 1983, and Stylodactylus tokarensis Zarenkov, 1968. On another hand, the status of a seventh species, related to Stylodactylus pubescens Burukovsky 1990, is left unresolved. The rare deep-sea shrimp family Bathypalaemonellidae is added to the Taiwanese decapod fauna, being represented by four species, one of which is new: Bathypalaemonella hayashii Komai, 1995; Bathypalaemonetes brevirostris (Bruce, 1986); Bathypalaemonetes pilosipes (Bruce, 1986) and Bathypalaemonetes chani, new species.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SALOMON 1, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003

The greatest part of the types of the brachyuran crabs (Crustacea, Decapoda) in the Crustacea collection of the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, is already catalogued on registers and is to be gradually published. This first annotated catalogue lists the nominal species belonging to the Podotremata (i.e. crabs with coxal male and female gonopores, and spermathecae): families Homolodromiidae, Dromiidae, Dynomenidae, Homoliclae, Poupiniidae, Cycloclorippidae, Cymonomidae, Phyllotymolinidae and Raninidae. The names of the taxa are presented in their original combination. The erroneous references to specimens as "types" have been noted and corrected in conformity with the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. The types of a total of 104 species are listed herein, out of about 370 known species of podotreme crabs. Photographs of most of the type specimens are also provided. A bibliography and an index are included.

Restreint, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALICAL 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD32 (REUNION), Restreint, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, Restreint, SALOMON 1, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6

Recent sampling efforts in the deep seas of southern and eastern Australia have generated a wealth of DNA-­suitable material of neogastropods of the family Raphitomidae. Based on this material, a molecular phylogeny of the family has revealed a considerable amount of genus and species level lineages previously unknown to science. These taxa are now the focus of current integrative taxonomic research. As part of this ongoing investigation, this study focuses on the genera Austrobela, Austrotheta (both Criscione, Hallan, Puillandre & Fedosov, 2020), Spergo Dall, 1895 and Theta Clarke, 1959. We subjected a comprehensive mitochondrial DNA dataset of representative deep-­sea raphitomids to Automatic Barcode Gap Discovery, which recognized 24 primary species hypotheses (PSHs). Following additional evaluation of shell and radular features, as well as examination of geographic and bathymetric ranges, 18 of these PSHs were converted to secondary species hypotheses (SSHs). Based on the evidence available, the most likely speciation mechanisms involved were evaluated for each pair of sister SSHs, including niche partitioning. Eleven SSHs were recognized as new and their systematic descriptions are provided herein. Of these, four were attributed to Austrobela, one to Austrotheta, four to Spergo and two to Theta. While all new species are endemic to Australian waters, other species studied herein exhibit wide Indo-­Pacific distributions, adding to the growing body of evidence suggesting that wide geographic ranges in deep-­sea Raphitomidae are more common than previously assumed.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 3, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, TAIWAN 2013, Restreint, TARASOC, TERRASSES, ZhongSha 2015

This paper is a continuation of the work published in 1987, in which a group of 10 species and one subspecies of Indo-West Pacific Metapenaeopsis without stridulating organs were treated. The study presented here is based on abundant material supplied by a large number of ORSTOM collections made in the Indo-West Pacific (Madagascar, Seychelles and New Caledonia) and by joint expéditions by ORSTOM and the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (MUSORSTOM 1-6, CORINDON, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1 and 2 cruises) in the Philippines, Indonesia, New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands and by the MD 32 cruise in the vicinity of La Réunion, supported by the TAAF (Terres Australes et Antarctiques Françaises). Additional material from the collections of the National Muséum of Natural History, Washington, from several Australian Muséums, as well as from the Muséums of Amsterdam, Leiden, Copenhagen and Frankfürt was also examined. Problems have occurred because of insufficient original descriptions and these have resulted in many errors in the Iiterature. All the type specimens have been re-examined (except for M. gallensis Pearson which is apparently lost), and also most of the specimens cited in the Iiterature. Corrected identifications and distributions are given. Among the species previously described, 18 are recognized as valid, either as species or as subspecies : M. assimilis (de Man, 1920), M. ceylonica Starobogatov, 1972, M. commensalis Borradaile, 1898, M. dalei (Rathbun, 1902), M. distincta (de Man, 1907), M. evermanni (Rathbun, 1906), M. faouzii (Ramadan, 1938), M. gallensis (Pearson, 1905), M. hilarula (de Man, 1911), M. Iamellata (de Haan, 1844), M. mannarensis de Bruin, 1965, M. mogiensis consobrina (Nobili, 1904), M. mogiensis mogiensis (Rathbun, 1902), M. quinquedenta (de Man, 1907), M. tarawensis Racek & Dali, 1965, M. vaillanti (Nobili, 1904), M. velutina (Dana, 1852), M. wellsi Racek, 1967. Six species are considered to be synonyms : M. borradailei (de Man, 1911) = M. commensalis Borradaile, 1898. M. bruini Starobogatov, 1972 = M. mogiensis consobrina (Nobili, 1904). M. caliper Liu & Zhong et al., 1988 = M. velutina (Dana, 1852). M. insona Racek & Dali, 1965 = M. velutina (Dana, 1852). M. perlarum (Nobili, 1905) = M. mogiensis consobrina (Nobili, 1904). M. raceki Starobogatov, 1972 = M. assimilis (de Man, 1920). Fifteen species and 2 subspecies are described as new : M. costata, M. difficilis, M. gaillardi, M. incisa, M. laubieri, M. marquesas, M. menoui, M. mogiensis complanata, M. mogiensis intermedia, M. parahilarula, M. persica, M. propinqua, M. proxima, M. quadrilobata, M. richeri, M. spatulata, M. spiridonovi. A total of 35 species and subspecies (not counting one form described under the name M. aff. Distincta which is probably new) are treated. Thus 46 species and subspecies of Metapenaeopsis lacking stridulating organs are now known to occur in the Indo-West Pacific. Two identification keys are presented : one for males, another for females. They are mainly intended as a guide to the numerous figures included in the paper. Illustrations of the genitalia provide assistance in recognizing the characters used to separate the species. All the petasmata are depicted with lobes both closed and separated. Depth zones and geographic distributions of all the species are presented in tabular form. As with previous studies high species diversity of the Philippines-Indonesia fauna is evident. Déductions about the biogeography must be regarded with caution because they may reflect differences in sampling effort across the various areas and also because many small species have not been adequately collected. It is of particular interest to note that in the New Caledonian region, where there have been many collections made using a variety of methods, 17 species are known, whereas from the vast Philippines-Indonesia region only 19 have been recorded and only 9 from the whole of Australia. Finally some general considerations on the genus Metapenaeopsis are presented and it is suggested that the species currently assigned to it should perhaps be placed in 2 or 3 genera. An effort has been made to define the groups that might be deserving more formal recognition.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, Restreint, Restreint, SMIB 5

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restreint, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), Restreint, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, Restreint, SMIB 5

AZTEQUE, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8

Penaeopsis (Crustacea, Decapoda, Penaeidae) collected in the south-west Pacific by French expeditions since 1976. Description of a new species. This work is based on collections made in the south-west Pacific by IRD (ex ORSTOM) and the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris. It deals with four species of Penaeopsis Bate, 188 1: P challengeri de Man, 1911, P eduardoi Perez Farfante, 1977, P rectacuta (Bate, 188 1), and a new species, P mclaughlinae n. sp. Depth zones and geographic distributions of the three known species are revised, especially those of P challengeri. Penaeopsis mclaughlinae n. sp. is closely related to P eduardoi but it is easily distinguished by the more sinuous shape of the distal part of the ventrolateral lobules of the petasma, and the large rounded protuberance on the median plate of the thelycum.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, SALOMON 1, SMIB 10

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

This work deals with 31 species of Sicyonia H. Milne Edwards, 1830, based on the collections made by the IRD (ex ORSTOM) and the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, and on the collections of 28 other museums. Nineteen species are considered valid: S. australiensis Hanamura Wadley, 1998; S. benthophila de Man, 1907; S. bispinosa de Haan, 1850; S. curvirostris Balss, 1913; S. fallax de Man, 1907; S. furcata Miers, 1878; S. inflexa (Kubo, 1949); S. japonica Balss, 1914; S. laevis Bate, 1881; S. lancifer (Olivier, 1811); S. longicauda Rathbun, 1906; S. nasica Burukovsky, 1990; S. ocellata Stimpson, 1860; S. parafallax Crosnier, 1995; S. parvula de Haan, 1850; S. rectirostris de Man, 1907; S. trispinosa de Man, 1907; S. truncata (Kubo, 1949) and S. vitulans (Kubo, 1949). Four species are considered to be synonyms: S. cristata (de Haan, 1844) = S. lancifer; S. formosa (Chan & Yu, 1985) = S. furcata; S. ommanneyi Hall, 1961 = S. ocellata; S. nebulosa Kubo, 1949 = S. laevis. Twelve species are described as new: S. abathophila n. sp., S. adunca n. sp., S. altirostrum n. sp., S. dejouanneti n. sp., S. komai n. sp., S. longicornis n. sp., S. metavitulans n. sp., S. parajaponica n. sp., S. robusta n. sp., S. rocroi n. sp., S. rotunda n. sp. and S. taiwanesis n. sp. Some forms, near S. australiensis and S. dejouanneti n. sp., are mentioned but not named because the material available is insufficient. An attempt is made to classify the Indo-West Pacific species of Sicyonia into eight groups. Some groups are coherent, while others are certainly artificial. Some species cannot be placed in any of the groups and the placement of several species known from one sex only remains hazardous. An identification key is presented. Particular care was taken in illustrating the genitalia, which provide the most important characters for recognizing the species. Colour photographs show the coloration of living specimens of 17 species. Depth zones and geographic distributions of all the species are presented in tabular form. As with previous studies, high species diversity of the Philippines-Indonesia fauna is evident, as well as the reduction of the number of species when one moves away from the area, except for New Caledonian area because of the unusually high h density of the samples collected in this area.

Restreint, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, Restreint, Restreint, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, Restreint, TAIWAN 2000, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

This study concerns the systematics of Entoprocta and Cheilostomate Bryozoa (infraorders Pseudomalacostegomorpha and Cryptocystomorpha) collected during various cruises around New Caledonia. One new entoproct species is described in the genus Loxokalypus, and 12 families (1 new), 27 genera (2 new), and 40 species (16 new) of Bryozoa are recorded. The new bryozoan taxa comprise the family Bryopastoridae, the genera Lamoitrouxia and Promicroa and the subgenus Henrimilnella. A new key is provided for the identification of genera of Cellariidae. A new species of the buguloidean bryozoan Himantozoum is also provided. The genus Pseudothyracella, previously known only from the Paleogene of Northwestern Europe and North America, is represented by a new, living species. Thirteen genera and 19 species are newly recorded in the New Caledonian fauna.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, Restreint, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4

An inventory of the currently known species of Anthomatinae is presented, with accounts of their main specific characters and geographic distribution, based in part on previously unpublished information. Two new species are described: Anthomastus bayeri M.-J. d’Hondt n. sp., from the Chatham Islands (44°23’ S, 179°40’ W) and Pseudoanthomastus paravenustus M.-J. d’Hondt n. sp., from Amsterdam Island (38°43’ S, 77°28’ E).

CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MD04 (BENTHOS), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 5

The genus Platepistoma Rathbun, 1906, is reviewed and considered ta be valid and not a subgenus of Cancer Linnaeus, 1758. Three new species are described viz. P. nanum, P. kiribatiense and P. seychellense. They are mainly separated on the distinctness of the carapace regions, extent of dorsal granulation of the carapace, and shape of the telson of the male abdomen. The genus is considered to contain seven species, and a key is provided. The name Platepistorna anaglyptum Balss, 1922, is resurrected and the synonymy clarified. Cancer balssii Zarenkov, 1990, is placed in Platepistoma. Cancer (Glebocarcinus) Nations, 1975, is also considered a valid taxon and provisionally allowed to remain as a subgenus of Cancer; it contains at least Cancer oregonensis Rathbun, 1898, and C. amphioetus Rathbun, 1898. Platepistoma is restricted to deeper water, mostly greater than 350 m, in the Indo-West Pacific Oceans, and this is briefly discussed in relation to recent biogeographic theories.

AZTEQUE, CHALCAL 2, MD08 (BENTHOS), MUSORSTOM 4, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 4

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, GEMINI, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

Over the last decade or so, much has been written on the classification of Decapoda, fuelled by a surge in molecular phylogenetic studies, as well as close scrutiny of internal and external morphological characteristics. As discussed by Fransen & De Grave (2009), such studies on shrimps are still somewhat ”thin on the ground”, at least compared to the more extensive work done on the Brachyura and Anomura. At a higher level in decapod classification it has long been recognised that three distinct lineages of shrimps can be distinguished: Dendrobranchiata, Stenopodidea and Caridea, a system which has not been seriously challenged by recent studies. The internal classification of Dendrobranchiata and Stenopodidea alike has been stable for some time, with the only major addition being the family Macromaxillocarididae Alvarez, Iliffe & Villalobos (2006) to the Stenopodidea in recent years. A different picture has emerged for Caridea very recently with Bracken et al. (2009) and Chan et al. (2010), both drawing attention to the non-monophyletic status of certain superfamilies and families. Further, we are aware of work currently in progress (some by the authors of this compilation) corroborating the hypothesis that the current classification of Caridea is unnatural, lines of study which will lead to the resurrection of certain family names as well as further refinement to other families. As one of our objectives for the current effort was to link this compilation of species level information with the earlier work by Chace (1992) for families and Holthuis (1993a) for genera, we have elected to largely follow the classification outlined by De Grave et al. (2009) which builds upon this earlier work. As such, it was deemed advisable to include the recently resurrected family Acanthephyridae Spence Bate, 1888 in the superfamily Oplophoroidea, rather than in this catalogue to create a new superfamily, which would perhaps be more congruent with the results in Chan et al. (2010). Although we follow herein the classification scheme of De Grave et al. (2009), two recent changes have been implemented. The clarification of the status of Galatheacaris abyssalis Vereshchaka, 1997a, as the megalopal stage of Eugonatonotus chacei Chan & Yu, 1991a, by De Grave et al. (2010) resulted in the removal of the family Galatheacarididae and superfamily Galatheacaridoidea in the current listing. Bracken et al. (2010) clarified the status of the family Procarididae, resulting in the recognition of a fourth group of shrimp, Infraorder Procarididea.

BATHUS 2, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restreint, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, Restreint, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Five novel brominated phenanthroperylenequinone pigments, gymnochromes A-D (1-4) and isogymnochrome D (5), were isolated from the stalked crinoid Gymnocrinus richeri. The structures of the compounds were inferred from their spectra (IR, UV-vis, H-1 and C-13 NMR, FABMS). The presence of both bulky hydroxy groups at positions 10 and 11 and side chains at positions 3 and 4 causes sufficient crowding to force the octacyclic phenanthroperylenequinone system into a nonplanar helical shape. This helicity generates axial chirality in the molecules. The presence of chiral carbon atoms in the side chains gives rise to diastereomers. The absolute configurations of the chiral carbons and the axial chirality of the natural pigments was inferred from CD and NMR data and by correlations made with cercosporin and other naturally occurring perylenequinones. The configurations assigned to the chiral carbons in the side chains of compounds 4 and 5 were confirmed by the results of the application of Horeau's method of kinetic resolution.

CHALCAL 2

The genus Eumunida, belonging to the family Chirostylidae, is represented in New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands by seven species, ail of them new to Science : Eumunida keijii, E. sternomaculata, E. annulosa, E. capillata, E. parva, E. minor and E. marginata. Four species (E. sternomaculata, E. annulosa, E. capillata, and E. parva) are very common at depths between 400 and 600 meters, being currently caught at the same stations. The other species are scarce, and hâve been collected either at the same depths (E. keijii), or in shallower waters (E. minor and E. marginata). The high abundance of thèse species could be related to the présence on the bottom of hydrocorallians of the family Stylasteridae. Three species (E. keijii, E. annulosa and E. sternomaculata) belong to the group A after GORDON (1930), characterized by a spine on either side of the sternal segment bearing the chelipeds. The latter two of thèse species hâve a pad on the ventral surface of the palm. E. keijii is closely related to E. pacifica Gordon, 1930, from the south of Timor, but, among other différences, the two are readily distinguished by the size of the first hepatic spine, the médian sinus of the third thoracic sternite and the scales on the sternal segments. E. sternomaculata resembles E. sp., from southeast Australia (E. picta, GORDON, 1930, in part) ; both are nevertheless easily distinguished by the shape of the frontal part of the carapace, the direction of the supraorbital spines and the relative lengths of the anterolateral spines and antennal peduncles. E. annulosa is close to E. sternomaculata. Thèse two species are differentiated by the shape of the rostral spines, the ornamentation of the carapace, the length and shape of the chelipeds and the présence or absence of a disto-mesial spine on the carpus of the chelipeds. E. marginata, E. capillata, E. parva and E. minor belong to the group B, after GORDON, that has no spine on either side of the sternal segment bearing the chelipeds. With the exception of E. parva, ail the other species are provided with a pad on the ventral surface of the palm. E. parva is closely related to E. smithii Henderson, 1883, from the south of Timor, and to E. propior Baba, 1988, from the Philippines. A discussion about the identity of the material of E. smithii from différent expéditions and the relationships between the three species is provided. The maies of thèse three species are characterized by the présence of pleopods on the second to fifth abdominal segments. E. capillata is very close to E. parva, but can be easily distinguished from it by a number of characters. The main différence is the présence of a pad on the ventral surface of the cheliped palm in capillata, and its absence in parva. E. minor is the smallest représentative of the genus. The species is clearly distinguishable from ail the others of the group B by the présence of two prominent spines on the merus of the third maxillipeds, and of four longitudinal rows of spines on the merus of the cheliped. Its closest relative is E. balssi Gordon, 1930. E. marginata is related to E. gordonae Baba, 1973, from Japan. However, the length and the spinulation of the pereopods are very different.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3

New specimens of the genus Eumunida Smith have been collected in the Indo-West Pacific, including new or poorly known species. The study of the material collected, together with the reexamination of types or published specimens of previously described species, demonstrated the need for a revision of the genus in the vast Indo-West Pacific area. The two groups of species recognised by authors since the work of GORDON (1930) are elevated in the present paper to subgeneric rank. The nominal subgenus Eumunida includes those species bearing a pair of well-developed spines on the anterior margin of the thoracic sternite 4 (group A of GORDON). The new subgenus Eumunidopsis, with Eumunida capillata de Saint Laurent & Macpherson, 1990, as type species, includes the species in which the anterior margin of this sternite is at most finely denticulated, most usually without any prominent spines. Four new species are established in the subgenus Eumunida: E. (Eumunida) treguieri sp. Nov., from French Polynesia, E. (Eumunida) multilineata sp. Nov., from the eastern coast of Australia, and E. (Eumunida) depressa and E. (Eumunida) macphersoni spp. Nov., both from Japan. Two new Indonesian species are described in the subgenus Eumunidopsis, E. (Eumunidopsis) ampliata and E. (Eumunidopsis) karubar spp. Nov. Apart from the description of new taxa, the present study includes a revised list of all known species from the Indo- West Pacific area, with an identification key, in French and English, along with references, types, remarks on the affinities and distribution. Whenever it has seemed useful, new diagnoses and illustrations of poorly known species are provided for each taxon. Two species have been collected in French Polynesia, where the genus had never before been found. E. (Eumunida) treguieri sp. Nov. Is a large species, close to E. (Eumunida) similior Baba, 1990, from Madagascar and to another new species from Japan. The second Polynesian species is E. (Eumunida) keijii de Saint Laurent & Macpherson, 1990, previously known only from New Caledonian waters. The Franco-Indonesian cruise KARUBAR, in 1992, has provided a few Eumunida. This material includes three specimens of E. (Eumunidopsis) smithii Henderson, 1885, about 20 individuals of a closely-allied species, E. (Eumunidopsis) karubar sp. Nov., a very small specimen of E. (Eumunidopsis) laevimana Gordon, 1930, never found since its original description, and one young male, provisionally identified as E. (Eumunida) pacifica Gordon, 1930. The taxonomic problems centered around Eumunida smithii, already discussed in DE SAINT LAURENT & MACPHERSON (1990a), have been solved ; the new KARUBAR material identified with it allows a better definition of the species and leads to the proposal of the synonymy of Eumunida propior Baba, 1988 with HENDERSON'S species. The "Siboga" specimens identified as E. balssi by VAN DAM (1933) are conspecific with it, while the material identified by GORDON (1930) and VAN DAM (1933) as E. smithii Henderson represents the same new taxon, herein described as E. (Eumunidopsis) ampliata sp. Nov. The small male from the "Albatross" dredgings cited in BABA (1988) belongs to another species very close to, if not identical with, E. (Eumunidopsis) capillata de Saint Laurent & Macpherson, 1990. The KARUBAR collections also include two dozen individuals of another new species, E. (Eumunidopsis) karubar sp. Nov., very close to E. (Eumunidopsis) parva de Saint Laurent & Macpherson, 1990, and E. (Eumunidopsis) smithii. These three species form a small unit of related taxa, without a pad on the propodus of the chelipeds, and in which the males have vestigial pleopods on abdominal segments 3 to 5, absent in all other Eumunida. Examination of three Japanese specimens of Eumunida cited by MIYAKE (1982: 144, pi. 48), and BABA (1986: 287, fig. 116) under the names E. fumambulus and E. pacifica, respectively proved to belong to neither species: they represent two different, new species, which are here described as E. depressa and E. macphersoni spp. Nov. The first is close to the new Polynesian species E. treguieri, the second to E. pacifica and E. keijii. The geographical ranges of several species are extended: E. (Eumunida) keijii de Saint Laurent & Macpherson, 1990, described from New Caledonian waters, has now been found in French Polynesia and off Wallis Islands in the South Eastern Pacific. Specimens attributed to E. (Eumunida) capillata, described by the same authors from New Caledonia, have been collected in Indonesia during the French Indonesian cruise KARUBAR; the "Albatross" specimen from the South of Taiwan, refered to E. smithii by BABA (1988), is also here attributed to E. capillata. Three small Eumunida (Eumunidopsis) from the Marshall Islands (Bikini), provided by the National Museum of Natural History, Washington, are identified as E. (Eumunida) minor de Saint Laurent & Macpherson, 1990, previously known only from New Caledonia and Madagascar.Some characters, used to differentiate the species, can vary according to the size and sex of the specimens. The striae of the carapace and abdominal tergites, the spinulation of the chelipeds, and the development of the ventral pad on their palm, for example, are likely to differ noticeably from the juvenile to the adult stages. Moreover, autotomy of one of the chelipeds is not infrequent in the genus, and may lead to a dimorphism in size and/or ornamentation of the regenerated appendage. Despite our efforts, the species identification of Eumunida remains difficult, the more so when only isolated specimens are available. Some of our taxonomic conclusions may need to be re-appraised if and when further material is collected. It should also be noted that the colouration of fresh specimens is important and has proved useful in helping to distinguish species in this study.

CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMCB

A new genus is porposed for a new species widely distributed in the western Pacific Ocean from the Philippine Islands in the northwestern Pacific south to Kermadec Islands of New Zeland. Jacquesia n. genus, bears considerable similarity to Iridopagurus de Saint Laurent-Dechancé, 1966, in lacking an accessory tooth on the crista dentata of the third maxilliped, but having eleven pairs of quadriserial gills, slender elongate and subequal chelipeds and a well-developed left male sexual tube. It is distinguished from Iridopagurus by he presence of paired fisrt pleopods in females. The new species is a very distinct, but morphologically variable species. Theses variations, however, do not appear to be correlated with either size or sex.

BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6

A new right eyed flounder, Samariscus hexaradiatus, is described on the basis of two specimens collected from the Solomon Islands, southwestern Pacific Ocean, at depths of 135-325 m. The new species is distinguished from other species of the genus by the following characters: 6 pectoral-fin rays; 82 dorsal-fin rays and 60-62 anal-fin rays; 9 abdominal vertebrae and 32 caudal vertebrae; presence of ctenoid scales on the interorbital space and high number (74-75) of lateral-line scales. Ocular side of body light brown with four and three distinguishable horseshoe-shaped spots along margins of both dorsal and ventral profiles, respectively. Two indistinct dusky blotches on the lateral line, one situated before the distal end part of the pectoral fin when flattened posteriorly, the other placed near the last one-third of the body length. Two distinct black spots placed on the upper and lower margins of the caudal peduncle at the posterior end of the dorsal and anal fins, respectively. Pectoral fin with dark pigmentation. Dorsal and anal fins dusky brown near the proximal and distal ends of the fin-rays, respectively, and with distinct series of small dusky spots on the medial parts the fin-rays.

BATHUS 4, BOA0, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 1

The biological exploration of deep-sea benthos off New Caledonia during the years 1978-1989 has yielded a rich mollusc fauna, including 30 species of Pectinoidea. The highest diversity, with 14 species, is observed in the 600-800 m depth interval, and only three species have been collected below 1500 m. The fauna belongs to Propeamussiidae (21 species, all taken alive), Entoliidae (1 species, alive), and Pectinidae (8 species, 6 taken alive). Nine species are new to science: Parvamussium multiliratum, P. retiaculum, P. retiolum, P. squalidulum, P. undisonum, P. vesiculatum, Cyclopecten horridus, C. pellucidulus (Propeamussiidae), and Hyalopecten mireilleae (Pectinidae). Most of the other species are new records for the region. Ten lectotypes are designated, one new synonym and one new combination recognized. This pectinoid fauna shows a strong similarity to that of the wider Indo-Pacific, and marginally to that of northern New Zealand and southeastern Australia.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Twenty-four pectinoidean species are recorded from Lord Howe Island (7 species), Norfolk Island (13 species) and the Kermadec Islands (14 species). Eighteen species are new records, and these are compared with similar species from the Australasian region. The following taxa are newly synonymised: Annachlamys leopardus rena Iredale, 1939 (= A. kuhnholtzi (Bernardi, 1860)), Chlamys cellularis Oliver, 1915 (= C. c. coruscans (Hinds, 1845), Chlamys (Mimachlamys) asperrimoides Powell, 1958 (= M. senatoria (Gmelin, 1791)). Chlamydella favus lemchei Powell, 1958 is considered to be specifically distinct from Cyclopecten favus Hedley, 1902, and is referred to Cyclochlamys Finlay, 1926. Lectotypes are for the following species designated: Hemipecten forbesianus A. Adams & Reeve, 1849, Ostrea senatoria Gmelin, 1791, and Ostrea porphyrea Gmelin, 1791.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3

The genus Cypraeopsis was so far known from two species in the Miocene of Europe and South-East Asia. An unnamed species is here recorded from the upper Oligocene of France and C. superstes sp. Nov. Is described from the Recent bathyal fauna of New Caledonia and Reunion. C. superstes differs from the fossil species by the body whorl being spirally sculptured, by the outer lip undulating as in Pedicularia, and by the protruding, uncovered protoconch. A character tentatively interpreted as progenetic. C. superstes thus appears paradoxically as an evolved relict.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 3

The Indo-Pacific species of Trivia, Dolichupis and Trivellona are revised, based on the most abundant and comprehensive material ever brought together and reveals a previously unsuspected diversity of Triviinae in the upper bathyal zone (200-500 m) of the tropical West Pacific. The description of this fauna gives an opportunity to reevaluate the validity of numerous species- and genus-group taxa recognized earlier, both in the littoral and deep water zones. The present paper deals with Trivia Broderip, 1837, Decoriatrivia Cate, 1979, Dolichupis Iredale, 1930, and Trivellona Iredale, 1931. A forthcoming study will deal with Trivirostra Jousseaume, 1884, Cleotrivia Iredale, 1930, and Semitrivia Cossmann, 1903. By First Reviser action, Ellatrivia Iredale, 1931 is given precedence over Fossatrivia Iredale, 193 I . Decoriatrivia is treated as a subgenus of Trivia; Dolichupis is regarded as generically distinct from Pusula; the nominal genus Pseudotrivia is synonymized with Trivellona. Trivia (T.) cylindrica sp. novo from the Philippines, and Trivia (T.) vitrosphaera sp. nov., from New Caledonia, represent the first records of Trivia (T.) in the Indo-Pacific. Their deep-water occurrence contrasts with that of the six or so species from the littoral of the temperate and tropical eastern Atlantic. Dolichupis malvabasis sp. nov., a deep water species from the Philippines, is closely related to the type species and sole other representative of Dolichupis, D. producta (Gaskoin, 1836). Nine named and six new species are recognized in Trivellona: T. bulla sp. nov., T. conjonctiva sp. nov., T. oligopleura sp. nov., T. syzygia sp. novo and T. galea sp. nov., all from New Caledonia, and T. eglantina sp. novo from the Philippines. Trivia valerieae Hart, 1996 [= Erato tetatua Hart, 1996, syn. Nov.; First Reviser] is treated as a SW Pacific subspecies of T. paucicostata (Schepman, 1909); T. Shimajiriiensis McNeil, 1961, described from the Pliocene of Okinawa, is now recorded in the Recent fauna of the Philippines. Pusula niasensis Wissema, 1948 is a new synonym of Dolichupis producta (Gaskoin, 1836), Pseudotrivia sagamiensis KUI'oda & Habe, 1971 is a new synonym of T. sibogae (Schepman, 1909), and Fossatrivia suduirauti Lorenz, 1996 is a new synonym of T. speciosa (Kuroda & Cate, 1979). Three nominal species described by Cate (1979) supposedly from the Philippines are shown to be wrongly localized and synonyms of Atlantic taxa: Pseudotrivia samarensis is synonymized with Trivia (T.) arctica (Pulteney, 1799) from Europe, and Pseudotrivia dumaliensis and Niveria (Cleotrivia) aquatanica are both synonymized with Niveria (N) nix Schilder, 1922 from the Caribbean. Decoriatrivia halians Cate, 1979 and D. but'ius Cate, 1979 are both synonymized with Trivia (Decoriatrivia) pauci!irata Sowerby, 1870 from the Panamic Province.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The Macroramphosid fish Notopogon xenosoma Regan 1914 is recorded on the northern part of the Norfolk ridge and the southern shelf of New Caledonia from ORSTOM trawl surveys. It becomes the most northernly distribuuon m the south-west Pacific Ocean for this subtropical species. Other specimens have been identified from Madagascar collections and induces the same conclusion for the south-west Indian Ocean.

AZTEQUE, BERYX 11, CHALCAL 2

Major extensions of tlie known range are reported for six species of the prosobranch genusMorum, namely: M. teramachu, M. uchiyamai and M. joelgreenei in the Mariana Islands, M. uchiyamai and M. bruuni in the region of New Caledonia, M. cancellatum in the Fiji Islands, and M. kurzi in the Solomon Islands. The distributional patterns of the 15 recognized species of Morum living in the Indo- West Pacific biogeographic region are evaluated in terms of the occurrences of these taxa on the regional lithospheric plates. The fossil and modern distributional patterns of Morum (sensu lato) suggest that these gastropods are remnants of a Tethyan faunal element which is limited in distribution owing largely to the apparent lack of teleplanic larvae.

CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2

The sea anemone species Isactinernus quadrilobatus Carlgren, 1918, and Synactinernus fiavus Carlgren, 1918, which were described in new monotypic genera from few specimens collected in southern Japan, are synonymized, based on many more specimens from the South Pacific. As well as the geographic range, the depth range of this species has been extended to 110-700 m. The species had been distinguished primarily on whether the oral dise had four lobes (I quadrilobatus) or eight (Synactinernus Flavus) - we conclude their number is largely related to size of the animal. Other features that Carlgren had used to differentiate the genera (and species) are inconsistently present and do not correlate with lobe number.

BIOCAL, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VOLSMAR

Crustacea Decapoda Anomura : Revision of the genus Trizopagurus Forest, 1952 (Diogenidae), with the establishment of two new genera. Prior to the present study, the genus Trizopagurus Forest, 1952, included ten species, mostly from the Indo-West Pacific, but two of them from the Eastern Atlantic and one from the Eastern Pacific. Following the examination of about 350 spécimens, this genus has now been revised and two new genera established, Ciliopagurus gen. Nov. And Strigopagurus gen. Nov. In addition 24 species are assigned to the three gênera, 14 of thèse being described as new. After an introduction that discusses the examined material and the methods used in the taxonomic study, a chapter is devoted to the characters that led to the partition of genus Trizopagurus, namely the shape of the cephalothoracic shield, ornamentation of thoracic appendages, organization of the pleopods, and the stridulatory structures. Thèse structures, described and compared in the following chapter, are of particular interest since they can be used to define the three gênera. Their homologies indicate an evolutionary trend from Trizopagurus via Ciliopagurus to Strigopagurus and the three gênera are studied following the order of this cline. The systematic section first gives an account on the current status of the Diogenidae, recently enriched with four gênera. The characters of each genus are tabulated and their comparison used to define some groupings. In most cases, the genera brought together in a same group show marked differentiations and are not closely related. However, the three genera presently studied form a coherent unit, especially on account of the stridulatory structures, which are peculiar and unique, not only within the family, but in ail decapods. An identification key is provided for ail known genera of Diogenidae.The systematic treatment of the three studied gênera comprises references, diagnosis and définitions, together with remarks on the affinities of the included species. Key s for species identification are provided. For each species are given références, a full synonymy, a list of examined material, informations on type spécimens, a description and an account of variations, when enough spécimens are available. In the remarks, the main distinctive morphological features are pointed out and compared with those of related species. Are also mentioned the size distribution by sex, the identified inhabited shells, and the distribution. Trizopagurus Forest, 1952, is characterized by the relatively weak development of the stridulatory elements, which are fewer, less differenciated and grouped in less distinct patches than in the other two genera. The ornamentation of the chelipeds consists of slightly projecting and rounded teeth or tubercles, in front of which short setae (ciliae) are located in semicircular rows. In both sexes, there are four biramous pleopods on the left side of the abdomen, the last one smaller and never oviferous in the female. The three species inhabit shallow water, usually in the tidal zone. T. magnificus (Bouvier, 1898) belongs to the tropical fauna of the eastern Pacific. T. melitai (Chevreux & Bouvier, 1892) and T. rubrocinctus Forest & Raso, 1990, are both from the tropical northeastern Atlantic. In Ciliopagurus gen. Nov., the stridulatory structures are looking like fine, corneous, parallel rods, grouped in several neatly separated patches, which are homologous in the different species. The first three thoracic legs are ornamented by transverse ciliated striae, with much longer setae in some species. There are four unpaired biramous pleopods in both sexes, the last one equal to the others and always oviferous in the female. The species can be separated into two groups, according to whether the ridges on the carpus and propodus of chelipeds, along the transverse striae, are smooth or tuberculated-denticulated. The first group includes eight species : C. strigatus (Herbst, 1804), C. îricolor sp. Nov., C. krempfi (Forest, 1952), C. caparti (Forest, 1952), C. albatrossi sp. Nov., C. shebae (Lewinsohn, 1969), C. macrolepis sp. Nov. Et C. liui sp. Nov. The second group comprises also eight species : C tenebrarum (Alcock, 1905), C. haigae sp. Nov., C. hawaiiensis (McLaughlin & Bailey-Brock, 1975), C. pacificus, C. plessisi, C. major, C. alcocki and C. babai spp. nov. The genus Ciliopagurus, which is widely distributed, includes one species, C. caparti, from the tropical eastern Atlantic. All others are from the tropical Indo-West Pacific, from the Red Sea and southeastern Africa to Japan and the Hawaiian and Marquesas Islands. The bathymetry range is highly variable. In the first group two species are restricted to very shallow water, mostly from the tidal zone. The other ones are distributed from 50 to 120 m, except for the eurybathic C. krempfi, which has been collected between 10 and 300 m. The second group is mostly présent from 120 to 480 m, one species reaching probably a greater depth. The genus Ciliopagurus gen. Nov. Also includes a fossil pagurid from the Middle Miocène, previously known as Dardanus substriatiformis (Lorenthey) and related to the species of the second group.The genus Strigopagurus gen. Nov. Is provided with the most differentiated and accomplished stridulatory structures. They consist of relatively thick corneous rods, arranged in strongly individualized patches, the larger of which appearing as distinctly channelled plates. The carpus and manus of the chelipeds are covered dorsally with strong teeth that end in a thin corneous spine. Thinner corneous teeth are also present on the two following appendages. As usual within the Diogenidae, except Paguristes and Paguropsis, there are no appendages on the first abdominal segment. In the female, the four pleopods are unpaired and biramous, the last one being only partially oviferous. But the second abdominal segment of the maie is usually supplied with a pair of pleopods, which, according to the species, are modified or not as gonopods ; the following three appendages are unpaired and biramous. The five species can be separated into two groups. The first comprises two species without a differentiation of the paired maie pleopods, i. e. S. strigimanus (White, 1847) and S. elongatus sp. nov. The three species with differentiated gonopods, S. bilineatus, S. boreonotus and S. poupini spp. nov. Form the second group. Strigopagurus gen. nov. Is not as extensively distributed as Ciliopagurus gen. nov., being found only from the eastern Indian Océan to Japan and Polynesia. The genus is not strictly tropical, since the two species with undifferenciated pleopods inhabit the southern Australia. One of the other three species is known only from Queensland and another from Polynesia. The last one, present in eastern Indonesia, New Caledonia, the Philippines and Japan, is the only species of the genus spreading north of the Equator. The species of the first group inhabit relatively shallow water, usually from a few to about a hundred meters. The other species are all present at about 250 m, but one of them, the most widely distributed, is still relatively common to 500 m. Finally, a general account of the geographic and bathymetric distribution of genera and species is given and illustrated with maps and a table.

BATHUS 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Serratifusus Darragh, 1969 comprises five Récent species, ail from New Caledonia, of which three are described as new: Serratifusus excelens sp. Nov., S. harasewychi sp. Nov. And 5. sitanius sp. Nov. Formerly known from New Caledonia by only one species, the genus Euthria M. E. Gray, 1850 is enriched with three new species: Euthria cumulata sp. Nov., E. scepta sp. Nov. And E. solifer sp. Nov. "Siphonofusus" vicdani Kosuge, 1992, a species with uncertain generic placement, and previously only known from the Philippine Islands and Australia, is now recorded from off New Caledonia.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8

In the present paper we describe the new genus Amiantofusus gen. nov. to accommodate the Atlantic species Fusus amiantus Dall, 1889. The genus belongs to Fasciolariidae and this family is confirmed as distinct from Buccinidae, based on anatomical differences. We add an Indo-West Pacific fauna of seven species described as new to science: miantofusus pacificus sp. nov. (North Fiji Basin, New Caledonia, southern Coral Sea, south West Pacific), A. gloriabundus sp. nov. (North Fiji Basin, Vitiaz Zone), A. sebalis sp. nov. (New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands, Vanuatu), A. candoris sp. nov. (Chesterfield Islands, Fairway), A. maestratii sp. nov. (New Caledonia), A. borbonica sp. nov. (Reunion) and A. cartilago sp. nov. (Mozambique Channel). In addition we add two unnamed species: A. species 1 (North Fiji Basin) and A. species 2 (Vanuatu). Fusus thielei Schepman, 1911 is briefly discussed, the generic placement is still uncertain.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, Restreint, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, Restreint, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, VOLSMAR

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 8

Budker’s flounder Parabothus budkeri is recorded from the northern Gulf of Aqaba, and described from a specimen collected in Eilat (Israel) in 1951. A detailed description, and the first illustration of this rare species, are provided. The distribution and habitat of P. budkeri are discussed. A key to the species of the genus Parabothus is presented.

CHALCAL 2

Four genera and seven species of trapeziid crabs are identified from recent collections taken in New Caledonia. Descriptions and illustrations are given for new species; Calocarcinus crosnieri and Tetraiia sanguineomaculata. New records are reported for Calocarcinus africanus, Quadrella maculosa and Trapezia guttata. Trapezia cymodoce and T. septata, identified by A. MILNE EDWARDS from New Caledonia under the wrong names, are commented upon.

CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

A study of the leucosiid genus Randallia Stimpson, 1857, led to the description of four new genera: Tanaoa, for R. distincta Rathbun, 1893, R. pustulosa Wood-Mason, in Wood-Mason & Alcock, 1891, and a new species, T. nanus; Tokoyo for R. eburnea Alcock, 1896, and a new species, T. cirrata; Toru for R. granuloides Sakai, 1961, R. trituberculata Sakai, 1961, R. pila Tan, 1996, R. mesjatzevi Zarenkov, 1990, and a new species, T. septimus\ and Urashima, for R. lamellidentata Wood-Mason, 1892, and R. pustuloides Sakai, 1961. Randallia is restricted to its type species, R. ornata (Randall, 1839), and provisionally 12 other species currently placed in this genus pending further revision. All new genera are diagnosed and species assigned to them described or redescribed and illustrated; extended synonymies are given, and a key for species identification is provided. The type species, R. ornata, is redescribed.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 8, TARASOC

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, MAINBAZA, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 8, TARASOC

Knowledge of the little-known cheilostome bryozoan family Petalostegidae has hitherto been based on only two extant species (Petalostegus bicornis (Busk) and P. spinosus Powell), and an Australian Miocene species (P. tenuis (Maplestone)). Previously, these have been included among the anascan superfamily Buguloidea. With the discovery of a remarkably diverse petalostegid fauna in New Caledonian waters (especially on the northern Norfolk Ridge), it is apparent that the family is neither " anascan " nor monogeneric. The obscure monotypic Australian Miocene genus Chelidozoum Stach is now recognised as petalostegid, based on the discovery of four, new. Recent species (including one from off Victoria). Among these species there is a reduction in the size of the costal field from five spines, through three, to two. The known species of Petalostegus Levinsen are redescribed and four new species are described (including one from the New Zealand deep sea). The family, which is entirely southern-hemisphere in distribution, is now included in the ascophorine superfamily Catenicelloidea. Evidence of predation on embryos is seen from boreholes in ovicells of two species of Petalostegus.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

The present paper deals with bryozoans in three of the four infraorders of the large suborder Ascophorina (order Cheilostomatida) from MUSORSTOM cruises along the northern Norfolk Ridge and around New Caledonia (including five species from the MUSORSTOM 3 cruise to the Philippines included with the other material). A total of 44 species is recorded (Cribriomorpha : 35 species; Hippothoomorpha : 1 species; Umbonulomorpha : 8 species) of which 22 species are new. A noteworthy feature in New Caledonian waters is the remarkable diversity of two families — the Petalostegidae and Bifaxariidae. Proportionally more species of these families are found here than anywhere else in the world.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

This paper describes a fauna of 98 species of ascophorine bryozoans from 1984-89 MUSORSTOM cruises, mainly in the New Caledonian EEZ. Ten of the species occur solely in the Philippines and some species occur in both regions. The fauna is noteworthy for its endemism (57 of the 84 New Caledonian species, i.e., 68%, are endemic) and its high taxonomic novelty, the latter contributing to a clearer appreciation of the taxonomic limits of some genera and families. Two new families (Phorioppniidae, Buffonellodidae), 54 new species, and 16 new genera are described, mostly from New Caledonia; some, from elsewhere, are the consequence of systematic revision. The new genera are: Xynexecha (Exechonellidae), Parkermavella (Bitectiporidae), Phorioppnia, Oppiphorina, Punctiscutella (Phorioppniidae), Haswelliporina, Mosaicoporina (Porinidae), Wrigiana, Ijimaia (Calwelliidae), Ipsibuffonella, Maiabuffonella (Buffonellodidae), Macrocamera (Eminoeciidae), Pseudoplatyglena (Euthyrisellidae), Richbunea (Celleporidae), Lifuella (Phidoloporidae), and Ptoboroa (Batoporidae). The most speciose family in the collection is the Phidoloporidae, represented by 7 genera and 19 species. The most speciose genus in the collection is, remarkably, the little-known deep sea genus Siphonicytara, with 6 species, all new, which more than doubles the number of species previously described. Ten of the species in the New Caledonian fauna studied here are shared only with New Zealand, and 4 only with the Philippines .

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, Restreint, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4, SMIB 5

Il existe de nombreux monts sous-marins à l'intérieur de la Z.E.E de Nouvelle Calédonie. Certains d'entre eux ont déjà fait l'objet d'une cartographie simplifiée et de deux campagnes exploratoires de chalutage, l'une japonaise en 1980, l'autre française (ORSTOM) en 1986. Au cours de ces campagnes, les prélèvements furent réalisés entre 220 et 690 m de profondeur, de jour et de nuit, avec des chaluts de dimensions différentes. Les captures rapportées à la surface de fond échantillonnée varièrent de 8 à 1429 kg/hectare en fonction de la taille de l'engin, de la profondeur et de l'heure du prélèvement. Les pêches de nuit s'avérèrent beaucoup plus productives que celles de jour. Au-delà de 500 m, la composition spécifique de l'ichtyofaune changeait totalement. Une évaluation très grossière permet d'estimer à plusieurs milliers de tonnes de poissons par an la P.M.S de la totalité de la Z.E.E. Une cartographie détaillée de la zone mériterait d'être réalisée pour servir de base à des prospections halieutiques plus poussées.

CHALCAL 2

Le programme «Monts sous-marins» s'est déroulé au centre IRD de Nouméa depuis 1990 sous la direction de René GRANDPERRIN. Ses objectifs étaient l'étude faunistique des pentes récifales externes, des monts sous-marins et du domaine bathyal supérieur (200-1500 m) et l'évaluation de leurs potentialités halieutiques. 32 campagnes représentant un total de 446 jours de mer ont été effectuées. 18 d'entre elles ont été consacrées à l'halieutique, 13 aux études faunistiques et une à des essais de sondeur. 1496 opérations de prélèvement ont été réalisées (445 pour l'halieutique et 1051 pour la faunistique) avec les engins suivants: casier, chalut à crevettes, chalut de fond à poissons, grand chalut de fond à poissons néo-zélandais, chalut à perche, chalut pélagique à poissons, drague épibenthique, drague à roche, drague Waren et palangre de fond. En ce qui concerne l'halieutique, les ressources des pentes externes (100-600 m) ont été étudiées en Nouvelle-Calédonie et à Vanuatu, archipel pour lequel un atlas des pêches est sous presse. Les monts sous-marins agissent comme des dispositifs de concentration de poissons pour les espèces démersales. En Nouvelle-Calédonie, ils abritent une ressource en Beryx splendens qui fit l'objet d'une exploitation commerciale. Une étude scientifique, basée sur Il campagnes, a pennis de déterminer les paramètres biologiques et dynamiques de l'espèce et de modéliser sa distribution en fonction de la profondeur. Pour la première fois, une corrélation liant la croissance d'un poisson de profondeur avec le phénomène ENSO a été établie. Des travaux de génétiques des populations sont en cours sur cette espèce. Par ailleurs, le programme «Monts sous-marins» collabora étroitement avec le programme ZoNéCo d'identification et d'évaluation des ressources marines de la zone économique de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Deux synthèses portant sur les données thonières et sur les poissons profonds furent réalisées. Un halieute participa aux campagnes de bathymétrie mettant en œuvre un sondeur multifaisceaux à bord du N.O. L'Atalante. Cinq campagnes d'exploration des ressources halieutiques profondes furent effectuées à bord du N.O. Alis à l'aide de chaluts et de palangres de fond. Elles mirent en évidence l'existence de certaines ressources jusque là ignorées des pêcheurs. Les collectes de la faune bathyale ont été réalisées dans le cadre d'opérations conjointes IRD et Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle (MNHN). L'analyse des prélèvements a été possible grâce à un réseau de taxonomistes mis en place par l'IRD (Centre de Nouméa et Antenne du MNHN) et le MNHN ; il compte 181 chercheurs appartenant à 92 institutions de 24 nations différentes, ce qui représente un effort de recherche internationale exceptionnel! Les résultats obtenus dans le Pacifique sud-ouest, et notamment en Nouvelle-Calédonie, ont révolutionné la connaissance de la biodiversité des faunes profondes. 20 volumes des Résultats des campagnes MUSORSTOM qui paraissent dans la série des Mémoires du Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle sont déjà parus (environ 10 000 pages) et un autre est sous presse. Ils traitent de plus de 4500 espèces dont plus de 1300 étaient nouvelles pour la science. 126 genres nouveaux ont été créés de même que 7 familles nouvelles. Au sein de cette étude, la Nouvelle-Calédonie apparaît comme particulièrement riche en espèces et d'une très grande originalité puisque sur-les 1619 espèces actuellement publiées, 60,7 % étaient nouvelles pour la science. Des études phylogénétiques ont été réalisées sur certains groupes zoologiques en utilisant soit des techniques de biologie moléculaire (ADN), soit des méthodes de microscopie électronique. Il s'agit des Crustacés, des Echinodermes (Crinoïdes) et des Brachiopodes, parmi lesquels plusieurs formes panchroniques ont été découvertes. L'accessibilité aux faunes de profondeurs au cours du programme «Monts sous-marins» a permis de récolter des organismes qui ont fait l'objet d'analyses par le programme de pharmacologie (Substances Marines d'Intérêt Biologique: SMIB). Deux bases de données sont directement issues des travaux du programme «Monts sous-marins». Elles concernent les données halieutiques et les données faunistiques. Les premières ont été stockées à la Structure de Gestion et de Valorisation Locale (SGVL) du programme ZoNéCo. Les secondes le sont à l'IRD. Pour chacune d'elles, une procédure de création de sites INTERNET est en cours. Le problème majeur rencontré par le programme fut la disponibilité en personnel. En effet, avec une moyenne de 6 personnes, dont un chercheur et un ingénieur d'étude à plein temps, les effectifs ne dépassèrent jamais un total de 9! Le programme disposa en moyenne de 318 kFlan, dont 40 % sur fonds IRD et 60 % sur financements extérieurs. Les financements extérieurs furent de trois types: FIDES section locale du Territoire de Nouvelle-Calédonie, programme ZoNéCo et, dans une moindre mesure, MAE. Le nombre de publications réalisées par les ressortissants du programme a été de 214, dont 139 pour lesquelles le premier auteur est un membre du programme.

Restreint, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, GEMINI, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

From a brief survey of the literature, it appears that until now only two articles were published during the last century by specialists that are dealing with New Caledonian hydroids. The first was by Redier (1966). From samples collected by Yves Plessis, he described 25 species (including 5 varieties), all already known. Most of them were from the littoral zone and were collected at low tide; a few were from deeper waters (to 40 m depth). The second article was published later on by Vervoort (1993) who studied representatives of the family Sertulariidae in several collections of the Natural History Museum of Paris. The specimens mostly originated from the following oceanographic cruises: Biocal (1985), Lagon (1984, 1985 and 1989), Musorstom 4 (1985), Cha1cal 2 (1986), Biogeocal (1988), Smib 2 (1986), 4 and 5 (1989) and 6 (1990), with two additional sites, a station of the "Vauban" (1978) and a dive of H. Zibrowius (1989). Vervoort recorded 57 species of which 39 were new to Science. Most of the biological material from these cruises came from deep water: only 6 stations were from depths between 28 and 57m, and 77 were from a greater depth (125-860m). More recently, Laboute & Richer de Forges (2004) published a book illustrating the high biodiversity of New Caledonia with many in situ photographs of marine plants and animals. This book includes several pages of beautiful photographs of hydroid colonies, exhibiting part of the macroscopic hydroid fauna observable underwater. It presents interesting illustrations of these animals that are usually little known with divers. Besides, pictures of several species of hydrocorals like milleporids and stylasterids, of pelagic hydroid colonies (Velella and Porpita spp) and of a hydromedusa Aequorea) are also found in this book. From these three publications and from an additional provisional list sent by Bertrand Richer de Forges, the aim for the author was to establish a reliable list of species and to comment on it bearing in mind well known data on hydroids. According to the time dedicated to this project it was not possible to study the entire literature to integrate scattered records from New Caledonia or to discuss additional data related to Pacific hydroids. Moreover, the author never personally studied the New Caledonian hydroid fauna or revised specimens in museum collections: she therefore does not feel responsible of misidentifications that could be found in the list.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The first scanning electron microscopical (SEM) study of a morphologically generalized ascothoracidan crustacean is presented. The extemal morphology of a female Waginella metacrinicola (Okada), ectoparasitic on a pentacrinid stalked crinoid, Metacrinus rotundus Carpenter from Japan, is illustrated using SEM. Several kinds of gland openings on the fiat, ventral side of the carapace are described. The inner wall of the large anteroventral pore on each carapace valve possesses lamellar ridges that bound a large number of small gland openings. Two anterior lattice organs (cardic organs) are found on each valve. The so-called second antenna or antennavestigial eyestalk complex does not arise from the cephalon proper, but from the mantle lateral to the antennule, and it most likely incorporates the extemal part of the organ of Bellonci complex. Records of W. metacrinicola and W. axotremata Grygier infesting metacrinine pentacrinids collected by recent French expeditions to the Philippines and New Caledonia are listed. The former species is reported from Metacrinus musorstomae Roux for the first time, and the latter from M. levii Cominardi, M. serratus DOderlein, and Saracrinus nobilis (Carpenter) for the first time. Waginella axotremata is also reported from northem Australia, infesting S. nobilis, and southeastem Australia, infesting M. cyaneus H.L. Clark. This species apparently uses its raspy, awl-like mandibles, drawings of which are presented herein, to drill ho les in the cirri of its host; such drill-holes are proposed as potential trace fossils for studying the history of crinoid-ascothoracidan associations. The apparent absence of ascothoracidan parasites on other genera of Pentacrinidae suggests that the association may be no older than the Miocene. The possible synonymy of W. metacrinicola and W. axotremata is discussed on the basis of morphology, depth distribution, and biogeography, but is not resolved. Crinoidoxenos Blake, 1933 is revealed as a potential senior synonym of Waginella.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

The thoracic sternum of the primitive crabs (Podotremata Guinot, 1977) is strongly modified in females at the level of the sutures 7/8, separating the last two sternites, which corresponds to a secondary specialization of the phragmae 7/8. Thus a paired spermatheca has developed, which is intersegmental, internalized and independent of the female gonopores on the coxae of the third pereopods. This is unique to the Podotremata, being completely distinct from the eubrachyuran seminal receptacle. The spermatheca is reviewed in all members of the Podotremata, in its external aspect and internal structure. Among the Dromiacea, a spermathecal tube becomes specialized in the Homolodromiidae, Dromiinae, and Hypoconchinae, while it is absent in the Dynomenidae and Sphaerodromiinae, suggesting that the Sphaerodromiinae are basal to the Hypoconchinae + Dromiinae and that the Dynomenidae are basal to the remaining dromiaccan families. The phylogenetic implications are discussed, confirming the distinction of two basal clades, Dromiacea and Homolidea, the peculiar organization found in the Cyclodorippidae, Cymonomidae and Phyllotymolinidae, and the special condition of the Raninoidea. The paired spermatheca proves to be the strongest synapomorphy of the Podotremata, including two Cretaceous families. Hypotheses on female sperm storage and functioning of the spermatheca, on male sperm transfer and the role of gonopods in insemination, and on the modalities of fertilization are included. New data on the axial skeleton are provided. The study of the spermatheca, which has considerable systematic value in decapod phylogeny, leads to a discussion of the monophyly of the Brachyura, taking into account the paleontological data.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, Restreint, BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 8

Crustacea Decapoda Brachyura : Revision of the family Homolidae de Haan, 1839. Collections made by scientists from ORSTOM and during French expeditions, resulting from the cooperation of ORSTOM and the Muséum national d'Histoire naturelle, in the upper bathyal zone of the Indo-West-Pacific (Madagascar, Seychelles, Indonesia, the Philippines, New Caledonia, Chesterfield Islands, Wallis and Futuna Islands) have accumulated abundant crustacean material. We have added to it the collections by various Australian, German and Soviet expeditions in regions poorly explored until now. We have studied also specimens taken by deep traps near atolls in French Polynesia and in french Anfilles. We have also been able to examine almost all the Homolidae deposited in the large museums of the world, reference and unidentified collections, and thereby to prepare an account of the Hawaiian, Japanese, Indian, African, South African and American faunas. From all these collections it has been possible to revise and restructure the Homolidae world-wide. Examination of all type specimens has been necessary, as has that of all specimens mentioned in the literature; practically all references and all identifications have been verified. The Homolidae comprise now 14 genera, studied in terms of their phylogenetic affinities : eight genera already known (Homola Leach, Paromolopsis Wood-Mason, Paromola Wood-Mason, Latreillopsis Henderson, Homolochunia Doflein, Hypsophrys Wood-Mason, Homolomannia Ihle, Homologenus A. Milne Edwards) ; two former subgenera elevated to generic rank (Homolax Alcock, Moloha Bamard) ; and four new genera (Dagnaudus, Ihlopsis, Yaldwynopsis, Gordonopsis). Until now quite poor in species, the family now contains in the whole 57 species : it is increased by 17 new species ; in addition, about ten uncertain species are leaven apart. In the cases of two genera considered amphi-Atiantic, Homola and Homologenus, a new taxon is described ; Homola minima sp. Nov. Is separated from H. barbata (Fabricius), typically Mediterranean ; and Homologenus boucheti sp. Nov. Is separated from H. rostratus (A. Milne Edwards), from the American Atlantic. Three other new species are added to Homola : H. eldredgei, H. coriolisi and H. ranunculus. The genus Paromola is confined to some species close to P. cuvieri (Risso) and two new taxa are added : P. bathyalis and P. crosnieri. Six species are attributed to Moloha of which the former is the type species M. alcocki (Stebbing), another one the ancient Latreillopsis major of KUBO (validated) ; it is augmented by two new species, M. alisae and M. grandperrini, and also The genus Latreillopsis receives three new species : L. daviei, L. cornuta and L. antennata. The new genus Ihlopsis includes, besides I. multispinosa (Ihle) (formely in Latreillopsis), one new species, I. tirardi. A third species, H. gadaletae, is added to Homolochunia. Only one species is added to Hypsophrys, H. futuna, but the genus is certainly more diverse. Three new species, H. boucheti, H. levii and H. wallis are described in the genus Homologenus. The genus Homolax, poorly known, is well defined. For each genus adiagnosis, an illustration of the principal characteristics and homologies, plus a key to all species are given. Each genus has been strictly redefined with respect to its type species and to all its species. For the numerous poorly known species a description or summary of characters differentiating it from the nearest taxon is presented H has been made by a synthetic study of all important morphological criteria ; we have reviewed all the principal arrangements and structures of Homolidae to understand their homologies and reach rigorous the nomenclature of the grooves and ornamentation of the carapace which have been often confused in the past. Some phylogenetic hypotheses are briefly presented. The place of the Homolidae in Homoloidea is commented on with a key to the three members of the superfamily. Short remarks, which will be completed in another work, on fossil representatives are outlined. Lastly, geographic and bathymétrie distribution of the genera and species are discussed. Each species is represented often with drawings and always by several photographs.

AZTEQUE, Restreint, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restreint, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMCB, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

A number of fusinids from the Indo-Pacific deep-water fauna are studied to get more insight in the distribution and variability. The subgenus Chryseofusus (Gastropoda: Fasciolariidae: Fusinus Rafinesque, 1815) is described as new to accommodate a number of species sharing conchological characteristics different from typical Fusinus. Their separation from Fusinus s.s. is based on differences in axial sculpture (usually absent on body whorl), spiral sculpture (weak, close-set, regular, crossed by distinct growth lines), shape (shorter spire, shorter siphonal canal, less convex whorls with subsutural concavity, less constricted suture) and parietal callus (inner lip smooth, parietal wall covered with an extended, adherent thin layer as callus). Fusinus (Chryseofusus) bradneri (Drivas and Jay, 1990), F. (C.) chrysodomoides (Schepman, 1911), F. (C.) graciliformis (Sowerby, 1880), F. (C.) hyphalus M. Smith, 1940, F. (C.) jurgeni Hadorn and Fraussen, 2002, F. (C.) kazdailisi Fraussen and Hadorn, 2000 and F. (C.) subangulatus (von Martens, 1901) are briefly described and their taxonomic placement in the new subgenus is discussed. To avoid further taxonomic complications, a lectotype is designated for the correct F. (C.) chrysodomoides. F. (C.) acherius (west Madagascar, Mozambique Channel, 1475-1530 m), F. (C.) alisae (north New Caledonia, 444-452 m), F. (C.) artutus (Philippines, Bohol, deep water), F. (C.) cadus (south New Caledonia, 460-470 m), F. (C.) dapsilis (Vietnam, deep water), F. (C.) riscus (New Caledonia, Norfolk Ridge, 394-401 m), F. (C.) scissus (south New Caledonia, 535 m), F. (C.) wareni ( New Caledonia, 480 m), and F. (C.) westralis (northwest Australia, off Port Hedland, 450 m) are described as new to science.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, Restreint, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8

The genus Granulifusus is distributed over the upper continental shelves in the Indo-West Pacific. The 27 species (21 Recent, 6 fossil) are characterized and separated from Fusinus by a granulated surface sculpture, the Recent also by a small round operculum which does not fill the aperture. Fusus (Sipho) libratus Watson 1886 and Latirus staminatus Garrard 1966 are placed in Granulifusus, their transfer based on the above mentioned conchological characteristics and on radular evidence. Granulifusus niponicus (E.A. Smith 1879), G. kiranus Shuto 1958, G. rubrolineatus (Sowerby II 1870), G. staminatus (Garrard 1966) and G. libratus (Watson 1886) were collected during the Musorstom expeditions and the material is extensively reported on. G. bacciballus sp. nov. (North New Caledonia, 444-452 m), G. benjamini sp. nov. (Coral Sea, Chesterfield, 400 m), G. balbus sp. nov. (South New Caledonia, 470 m), G. amoenus sp. nov. (Vanuatu, 480-544 m), G. geometricus sp. nov. (Tonga Islands, 427-436 m), G. monsecourorum sp. nov. (Madagascar, 240 m) and G. babae sp. nov. (Indonesia, Tanimbar Islands, 206-210 m) were also collected by the Musorstom expeditions and are added to this fauna and described as new species. From the collection of the Australian Museum, Sydney (AMS), one additional Recent species (G. lochi sp. nov., Western Australia, 301-310 m) and one fossil species (G. nakasiensis sp. nov., Nakasi Sandstone Beds, Late Pliocene, Fiji) are described. Lots of the remaining 8 species are studied with the exception of G. captivus (E.A. Smith 1899). The remaining 5 fossil species are listed and compared. G. rufinodis (Von Martens 1901) is tentatively regarded as a distinct species and a lectotype is selected.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, VAUBAN 1978-1979

A number of Fusinus species from Indo-West Pacific deep water are studied. Five new species are added to this fauna: F. inglorius sp. nov. (Taiwan, off Tashi, 505-680 m), F. flavicomus sp. nov. (Taiwan, off Tashi, 145-200 m), F. wallacei sp. nov. (Indonesia, Tanimbar Islands, 365-368 m), F. alcyoneum sp. nov. (southern New Caledonia, 513 m) and F. thermariensis sp. nov. (Volcans Hunter and Matthews, 325-400 m). Four species are know by only specimen each and are recorded as separate species but not described as new.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, VOLSMAR

A survey of the deep-water malacofauna of New Caledonia has brought to light two species referable to the subfamily Columbariinae (Gastropoda: Turbinellidae). Coluzea faeeta sp. nov. is described from off the Isle of Pines at depths of 385-500 m. Additional specimens of Coluzea pinicola Darragh, 1987, previously described from off the Isle of Pines, serve as the basis for the description of the new genus Fustifusus. Serratifusus virginiae sp. nov. And Serratifusus lineatus sp. nov., two recent species of the columbariform genus Serratifusus Darragh. 1969. previously known only from deep-water fossil deposits of Miocene age. Are also described. On the basis of anatomical and radular data, Serratifusus is transferred from the Columbariinae to the family Buccinidae.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 4, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Three new species of polychaetes of the families Polynoidae and Syllidae from New Caledonia, associated with a calcified hydrozoan. Three new species are described: Lagisca zibrowii (Polynoidae) and Procerastea hydrozoicola and P. parasirnpfiseta (Syllidae), living in association with a calcified hydrozoan, probably of the genus Pseudosolanderia (Rosahndidae). The genus Paraprocerastea is synonymized with Procerastea.

CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 5

BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2

Species of the anglerfish genus Chaunax Lowe, 1846 from the New Zealand region are taxonomically reviewed with six species recognized and described: Chaunax penicillatus McCulloch; C. nudiventer Ho & Shao, a new record for New Zealand; and four species new to science. Chaunax flavomaculatus sp. nov. distinguished by having its skin covered with a mix of numerous bifurcated and simple spinules, large yellow spots on dorsal surface of fresh specimens, and brownish coloured escal cirri; Chaunax mulleus sp. nov. by having a uniformly pink body with a deep red colour on ventral surfaces of the outer pectoral-fin and pelvic-fin, and lower part of caudal fin; Chaunax reticulatus sp. nov. by having cirri on the dorsal surface of head, and a pale reticulate colour pattern on a greyish background dorsally; and Chaunax russatus sp. nov. by its very wide illicial trough that is usually as wide or wider than the diameter of the pupil, and uniformly deep red body colour with creamy white to fuzzy greyish spots or patches on its dorsal surface. A key to species recognized from the study area is given.

BERYX 11, BERYX 2, CHALCAL 2, LITHIST

Parapercis johnsoni sp. nov. is described based on 19 specimens from Marquesas Islands, French Polynesia. It differs from congeners in having a combination of the following characters: dorsal-fin rays V, 21; anal-fin rays I, 17; pectoral-fin rays modally 17; pored lateral-line scales modally 52 or 53; predorsal scales 7 or 8; transverse scale rows 3.5 or 4 + 14 or 15; total gill rakers on 1st gill arch 13–16; single row of teeth on vomer; 6 large canines at front of lower jaw; and a distinct coloration. Two rare species, P. flavescens Fourmanoir & Rivaton, 1979 and P. fuscolineata Fourmanoir, 1985, are redescribed based on the types and newly identified specimens. Comments on other species occurring in the area are provided.

BATHUS 1, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, Restreint

The deep-sea batfish genus Halieutopsis is reviewed based on worldwide collections. Sixteen species are recognized, including five newly described species: Halieutopsis echinoderma sp. nov. from eastern Taiwan and northeastern Australia, Halieutopsis kawaii sp. nov. from Taiwan and Indonesia, Halieutopsis okamurai sp. nov. from southeastern Japan, Halieutopsis murrayi sp. nov. from the Gulf of Aden, and Halieutopsis taiwanea sp. nov. from northeastern Taiwan. These species differ from their congeners in escal morphology, squamation, and morphometric proportions. Dibranchus nasutus Alcock, 1891, a senior synonym of Halieutopsis vermicularis Smith & Radcliffe, 1912, as well as Dibranchus nudiventer Lloyd, 1909 and Coelophrys oblonga Smith & Radcliffe, 1912, are recognized as valid species in Halieutopsis. Comments on the systematics and biogeographic distributions of the species of Halieutopsis are provided, along with a key to the species.

BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BOA1, CHALCAL 2, Restreint, Restreint, HALIPRO 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, TAIWAN 2000

A new species of anglerfish, Chaunax nudiventer, is described on the basis of 35 specimens from the western South Pacific Ocean. It is characterized by large spots on the dorsal surface; a largely naked area on abdomen; a relatively short head and long tail, both reflected in the elongated body; slender and simple spines on body surface; numerous broad flaps on lateral side of body; and higher number of lateral line neuromasts: mainly 41–43 in lateral line proper, 4 in the upper peropercular series, and 16–17 in the pectoral series. Comments on a similar species, C. latipunctatus from the eastern South Pacific Ocean, is provided.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 4

A revision is provided of the Indo-Pacific species of the subfamily Scyllarinae. All of these species were formerly placed in the genus Scyllarus Fabricius, 1775, but a closer study revealed that several genera could be distinguished within the subfamily. The 13 new genera now recognized in the Indo-Pacific biogeographic region are as follows: Acantharctus n. gen., Antarctus n. gen., Antipodarctus n. gen., Bathyarctus n. gen., Biarctus n. gen., Chelarctus n. gen., Crenarctus n. gen., Eduarctus n. gen., Galearctus n. gen., Gibbularctus n. gen., Petrarctus n. gen., Remiarctus n. gen. and Scammarctus n. gen. Diagnoses and keys are provided for all the genera and their species. New and insufficiently known species have been described extensively, for the others additional morphological details are given. New species are: Bathyarctus chani n. gen., n. sp., B. steatopygus n. gen., n. sp., Petrarctus veliger n. gen., n. sp., Chelarctus crosnieri n. gen., n. sp., Eduarctus pyrrhonotus n. gen., n. sp., E. marginatus n. gen., n. sp., E. perspicillatus n. gen., n. sp. and E. reticulatus n. gen., n. sp. Furthermore efforts were made to provide each species with a complete synonymy, a description of the colour, its biology, habitat and geographical distribution. All the material examined is listed in detail. Where appropriate, remarks are provided on nomenclature, published data on the larval development and other topics.

Restreint, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restreint, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PALEO-SURPRISE, Restreint, Restreint, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, Restreint, Restreint, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Seven new muricid species are described from New Caledonia and from the Chesterfield reefs in the Coral Sea. Chicoreus paucifrondosus n. sp. and C. subpalmatus n. sp. are both compared with C. boucheti Houart, 1983; Pterynotus levi n. sp. and P. fulgens n. sp., the first deep-water Pterynotus species described from New Caledonia, are both compared with P. laetifica flemingi Beu, 1967 from New Zealand. Ponderia caledonica n. sp. and P. magna n. sp. are two supplementary species to include in the recently named Ponderia Houart, 1986 and are both compared with the other species of this genus; Muricopsis metivieri n. sp. is related to certain Japanese species tentatively grouped in the subgenus Murexsul Iredale, 1915. All the new species have paucispiral protoconchs.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 2, SMIB 3

Some species of Murex and Haustellum are discussed and have their geographical range extended. One species Murex protocrassus, and one subspecies, Haustellum dentifer coriolis, are described from New Caledonia, and one subspecies, Haustellum gallinago fernandesi, is described from Mozambique

CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

The New Caledonian species of Typhinae are revised. A total of 11 species are recorded ; 5, all from deep-sea, are new : Siphonochelus (S.) angustus; S. (S.) boucheti; 5. (S.) saitantis; S. (S.) unicornis and S. (? Siphonochelus) undulalus. All the species are described and illustrated together with comparative material. The radulae of 3 species are illustrated : Typhis (Typhina) carolinae Houart, 1987; Siphonochelus (S.) boucheti sp. nov. And S. (S.) saitantis sp. nov. Position and angle of anal tubes are considered to be a good criterion for the separation of species.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

New Caledonian representatives of the muricid subfamily Trophoninae are revised. Two new genera are described and a total of 32 species are recorded, of which 24 are new to science. One species is refered to Apixystus Iredale, 1929, four to Trophonopsis Bucquoy & Dautzenberg, 1882, twenty-two to Leptotrophon n. gen., four to Conchatalos n. gen., and one to Litozamia Iredale, 1929. Two species formerly described in Poirieria (Paziella) (Muricinae) are transfered to Trophoninae. Three species are also known from SE and E Australia, and/or from Indonesia. The others are known only from the New Caledonian region. Most species live between 250 and 775 meters; only one species occurs in 105-110 m and three range deeper than 1000 m.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, Restreint, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Maculotriton ingens Houart, 1987 is transfen'ed from Ergalataxinae to Ingensia gen. novo in Muricinae. Phyllocoma Tapparone Canefri, 1881 is tentatively assigned to Muricinae, and Pagodula Monterosato, 1884, a hitherto Mediterranean and eastern Atlantic monotypic genus, is here used to include several Indo-West Pacific, eastern, and western Atlantic species formerly assigned to Trophonopsis Bucquoy & Dautzenberg, 1882 or to Trophon S. l. Additional records of previously described and I or recorded species of Pterynotus Swainson, 1833, Actinotrophon Dall, 1902, Leptotrophon Houart, 1995, and Pagodula Monterosato, 1884 from the New Caledonia region are noted. Eleven new species are described. Five are representatives of Muricinae: Pterynotus (Pterynotus) rubidus sp. nov., Dermomurex (Trialatella) triclotae sp. nov., and Ingensia brithys gen. novo and sp. nov., from New Caledonia, Phyllocoma platyca sp. novo from off Wallis Island, and Poirieria (Actinotrophon) tenuis sp. novo from Vanuatu and off Wallis; one is a muricopsine: Muricopsis (Murexsul) micra sp. novo from New Caledonia; four are trophonine: Leptotrophon alis sp. nov., L. chlidanos sp. nov., L. perclarus sp. nov., and Pagodula procera sp. nov., from New Caledonia; one is a rapanine: Thais (Mancinella) grossa sp. nov., from New Caledonia and Vanuatu.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

Two new species of Timbellus are described from the Coral Sea and the New Caledonia region with extension to Fiji, Tonga and the Kermadec Islands for one species. Both species are compared to T. richeri (Houart, 1987) and T. vespertilio (Kuroda, 1959). Nine species of the genus Timbellus are recorded from the Coral Sea and the New Caledonia region. Ouly one, T. bilobatus n. sp. Is known from other localities in the Indo-West Pacific province.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 2, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

The recent genetic analysis of the muricid subfamily Ergalataxinae has led to a better understanding of this subfamily, but some species were left without appropriate generic assignments and the classification of others required revision. This knowledge gap is partially filled herein, with new combinations and the description of three new genera. The examination of new material, along with a careful re-examination of and comparison to existing material, resulted also in the identification of nine new species. These new genera and new species are described herein, lectotypes are designated and new combinations are given. The geographical range of all the new species is provided on maps. All new species are compared with related or similar species. The radula of Morula palmeri Powell, 1967 is illustrated for the first time.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 2, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBENTHOS 2, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), Restreint, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TERRASSES, Walters Shoal

The subgenus Dermomurex (Takia) is reviewed and one new species, D. (T.) manonae n. sp., is described from New Caledonia. It is distinguished from the similar D. (T.) wareni Houart, 1990 based on genetic differences and a few shell characters. From other species it differs in its shell and intritacalx morphology. The four Indo-West Pacific species are reviewed and illustrated, namely D. (T.) bobyini Kosuge, 1984, D. (T.) infrons Vokes, 1974, D. (T.) wareni Houart, 1990 and D. (T.) manonae n. sp. Dermomurex (subgenus?) paulinae n. sp. is described from New Caledonia in an undetermined subgenus and is distinguished from D. (D.) africanus Vokes, 1978 from South Africa by its shell and intritacalx morphology. Trialatella is synonymized with Dermomurex s.s.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2004, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The classification of the subfamily Typhinae is revised based on a molecular phylogenetic analysis. The genera Typhina Jousseaume, 1880, Typhisopsis Jousseaume, 1880 and Typhisala Jousseaume, 1881 are here treated as synonyms, and Typhina is given precedence over Typhisopsis. Trubatsa Dall, 1889 is confirmed as a separate, valid genus, based on morphological shell characters and molecular analysis. Choreotyphis Iredale, 1936 is also regarded as a valid genus but still requires validation by molecular analysis. An appendix of Recent Typhinae includes a short description of each genus. The list of Typhinae recorded from New Caledonia is updated. The validity of Trubatsa lozoueti (Houart, 1991), a species so far known only from the empty collected holotype, is confirmed by the morphological and molecular analysis of a second specimen.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KOUMAC 2.3, LAGON, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 3, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The Ergalataxinae dredged during the MNHN-ORSTOM cruises in the New Caledonia region are listed and discussed (19 species of which 4 are new). Thirteen new species are described: Ergalatax zebra from the Gulf of Aden, Cytharomorula danigoi and Cytharomorula pinguis from the New Caledonia region, Cytharomorula springsteeni from the Philippine Islands, Daphnellopsis hypselos from East Sumatra, Lataxiena habropenos from Mozambique, Orania adiastolos from the New Caledonia region and South Africa, Orania archaea from the Philippine Islands, Taiwan, New Caledonia and Christmas Island (Indian Ocean), Orania dharmai from Indonesia, Orania mixta from the Philippine Islands and Sumatra, Orania ornamentata from southern Africa, Orania simonetae from the Marquesas Islands, and Orania taeniata from Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). Fusus imbricatus E. A. Smith, 1876 (not F. imbricatus Lesson, 1842 nec F. imbricatus De Kay, 1843) is renamed Lataxiena desserti. Two new combinations are adopted, Orania fischeriana (Tapparone Canefri, 1882) and Orania pacifica (Nakayama, 1988). Two nominal species are newly synonymised: Columbella clathra Lesson, 1842 is synonymised with Muricodrupa fenestrata (De Blainville, 1832) and Murex muriformis Lesson, 1844 is synonymised with Muricodrupa fiscella (Gmelin, 1791).

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A new species of platycephalid, Onigocia lacrimalis, is described on the basis of specimens collected from the Chesterfield Islands (Coral Sea) and Norfolk Ridge (Tasman Sea), at depths of 111–330 m. Onigocia lacrimalis differs from the six congeners of the genus in having 12–13 (usually 12) second dorsal-fin rays, 12 anal-fin rays, 21–25 pectoral-fin rays, 8 branched caudal-fin rays, anterior 2–4 scales of the lateral line with a spine, and a single preocular spine, and in lacking gill rakers on the upper arch, ocular and interopercular flaps, and distinct antrorse lachrymal spines.

CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2

Studies of recent bathyal collections mainly made during MUSORSTOM cruises have shown an extremely diverse grenadier fauna in the New Caledonian region. A total of 932 grenadier specimens (families Bathygadidae and Macrouridae) representing 49 species in 16 genera were collected from 102 samples taken from depths between 395 and 2105 m (mid-depth sounding). Of the 49 species, 15 (31%) were found to be new (one recently described) and two are treated as indeterminate. The collections were dominated by the genera Caelorinchus (14 spp., 5 new), Ventrifossa (7 spp., 2 new, but one not named), Hymenocephalus (sensu lato) (7 spp., 2 new), and Nezumia (5 spp., 3 new). This paper reports the taxonomic findings on the collections. A subsequent paper will report on aspects of the distribution and biology of grenadiers in the New Caledonian region.

AZTEQUE, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMIB 1, SMIB 3, VOLSMAR

A new species of pinguipedid fish, Parapercis nigrodorsalis, is described from 17 specimens collected off the North Island of New Zealand and Wanganella Bank, Norfolk Ridge, Tasman Sea, in depths of 56–280 m. The species has also been photographed underwater off the Poor Knights Islands Reserve and Burgess Island, Mokohinau Group, in New Zealand. It is most similar to Parapercis binivirgata (Waite, 1904) in morphology, coloration and meristic values, but is unique among the genus in having a combination of dorsal-fin rays V, 23, anal-fin rays I, 19, lateral-line scales 57–63, vomer with 1–2 irregular rows of robust conical teeth, palatines with 1–2 rows of small teeth, angle of subopercle smooth, 10 abdominal and 22 caudal vertebrae, and coloration, including seven broad reddish-brown bands on the upper body between the spinous dorsal-fin and the caudal peduncle, most bands bifurcated into close-set double bars with black smudge-like blotches below, and membrane of the spinous dorsal fin black. Comparison of the mitochondrial cytochrome c oxidase subunit 1 (CO 1) genetic marker utilised in DNA barcoding produced a genetic divergence of 5.38% and 7.63% between the new species and its two closest sampled congeners. The holotype of P. binivirgata is identified from two specimens previously regarded as syntypes, some revisions are made to meristic data in the original description of the latter, and a detailed description of the revised geographic range of P. binivirgata is provided.

CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

Balanomorph barnacles of the superfamilies Chionelasmatoidea and Pachylasmatoidea collected by various French deep-sea expeditions in the waters of New Caledonia, Vanuatu, and the Wallis and Futuna Islands are discussed. One sample from the Marianas Islands is also included. Of the 21 species reported herein, 18 are new to science, 2 are recognised as relictual, and 1 represents a northward range extension within the waters of the southwestern Pacific Ocean. In addition 4 new genera and 1 new subfamily are described. An exceptional diversity of species occurs in the subfamilies Pachylasmadnae and Hexelasmadnae of the family Pachylasmatidae. The number of new pachylasmatines described represents 46% of the known species and that of the new hexelasmatines 40%, indicating the richness of these waters. Of the 17 new species described from the waters of New Caledonia, Vanuatu, and the Wallis and Futuna Islands, 14 are considered presently to be endemic to the Vanuatu/New Caledonian region and the remaining 3 occur in a broader area which includes the Futuna and Wallis Islands region. The richest fauna occurs at the Loyalty Islands (15 species), the Norfolk Ridge (11 species) and New Caledonia (11 species). The occurrence of 2 relictual species, the chionelasmaune Chionelasmus darwini and the eolasmatineWaite/aima boucheti, in the waters of the New Caledonian region supports the hypothesis that the southwestern Pacific is a relictual area.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, Restreint, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The Polyplacophora from seven French cruises in the western tropical Pacific (Philippines, Coral Sea and New Caledonia), during the years 1980-1986, are discussed. Altogether 17 samples of chitons contain 29 specimens, belonging to 11 species, 4 of which are new, viz. Notoplax richen; N. richardi, N. rostellata and Ischnochiton (Stenosemus) per/oratus. Two other species, hitherto only known from the Queensland coast, viz. Leptochiton (Parachiton) capricornicus (Iredale & Hull, 1925) and Callistochiton granifer Hull, 1923, were obtained in the Coral Sea (Capel Bank and Chesterfield-Bellona) at a depth of little more than 50 m.

CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, Restreint, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5

Five French deep-sea cruises made around New Caledonia during the years 1985-1987 brought altogether 92 specimens of chitons, representing 10 species in 5 families ; 8 species are new to science. The new genus Vermichiton is described for a small vermiform species; this genus is compared with Connexochiton Kaas, 1979.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 2, SMIB 3

Abstract The superfamily Buccinoidea is distributed across the oceans of the world from the Arctic Ocean to the Antarctic and from intertidal to abyssal depths. It encompasses 3351 recent species in 337 genera. The latest taxonomic account recognized eight full families. For the first time, the monophyly of the superfamily and the relationships among the families are tested with molecular data supplemented by anatomical and radula data. Five genetic markers were used: fragments of mitochondrial COI, 16S rRNA, 12S rRNA and nuclear Histone 3 (H3) and 28S rRNA genes (for 225 species of 117 genera). Our analysis recovered Buccinoidea monophyletic in Bayesian analyses. The relationships between the formerly recognized families and subfamilies are drastically revised and a new classification of the superfamily is here proposed, now including 20 taxa of family rank and 23 subfamilies. Five new families (Chauvetiidae, Dolicholatiridae, Eosiphonidae, Prodotiidae and Retimohniidae) and one subfamily of Nassariidae (Tomliniinae) are described. Austrosiphonidae and Tudiclidae are resurrected from synonymy and employed in a new taxonomical extension. All but 40 recent genera are reclassified. Our results demonstrate that anatomy is rather uniform within the superfamily. With exceptions, the rather uniform radular morphology alone does not allow the allocation of genera to a particular family without additional molecular data.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, CEAMARC-AA, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORSICABENTHOS 1, Restreint, Restreint, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, GUYANE 2014, ILES DU SALUT, INHACA 2011, KANACONO, KARUBENTHOS 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVALAN 2018, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, MADIBENTHOS, MAINBAZA, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, Restreint, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, Restreint, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2004, TARASOC, TERRASSES, Tuhaa Pae 2013, Restreint, ZhongSha 2015

The anatomy of Ceratoxancus is characterized by a short or very short proboscis, the presence of an accessory sali vary gland, the ventral odontophoral retractor passing through the nerve ring, and the position of the buccal mass at the proboscis base in contracted condition. These characters are shared by other representatives of the subfamily and confirm the classification of Ceratoxancus in the Ptychatractinae, until now based on shell and radula characters. Ceratoxancus Kuroda, 1952, comprises six species of which four are described as new from the New Caledonia region in deep water (530-830 m). Ceratoxancus elongatus Sakurai, 1958, is removed from the synonymy of C. teramachii Kuroda, 1952, and both species are recorded from the south west Pacific. Species of Ceratoxancus with a long labral spine present numerous shell breakages, while toothless species have mu ch fewer scars, and it is hypothesized that the tooth and outer lip are used in prey capture with accompanying shell breakage.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8

The range of shell characters (overall shape, sculpture, columellar plaits, protoconchs) exhibited by fossil and Recent species placed in Exilia Conrad, 1860, Mitraefusus Bellardi, 1873, Mesorhytis Meek, 1876, Surculina Dall, 1908, Phenacoptygma Dall, 1918, Palaeorhaphis Stewart, 1927, Zexilia Finlay, 1926, Graphidula Stephenson, 1941, Benthovoluta Kuroda et Habe, 1950, and Chathamidia Dell, 1956 and the anatomy of the Recent species precludes separation of more than one genus. Consequently all of these nominal genera are synonymised with Exilia, with a stratigraphical range from Late Cretaceous to Recent. Anatomically, Exilia is similar to other ptychatractine genera, but is characterized by a stomach with a long, narrow caecum, a penis with terminal fold surrounding the seminal papilla, and a radula with rachidian teeth with broad lateral flaps. Recent species of Exilia are restricted to deep water at middle to low latitudes in the Indian and Pacific oceans. Exilia hilgendorfi (Martens, 1897) is treated as a species highly variable within its broad IndoPacific distribution, with Benthovoluta gracilior Rehder, 1967, B. claydoni Harasewych, 1987, and B. prellei Bozzetti, 200 I considered local variants. Three new species are described: Exilia graphiduloides sp. nov. (New Caledonia, 520 m), E. vagrans sp. nov. (West and SW Pacific, 865-1280 m), and E. kiwi sp. nov. (New Zealand, 1386-1676 m).

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8

The genus Pseudolatirus Bellardi, 1884, with the Miocene type species Fusus bilineatus Hörnes, 1853, has been used for 13 Miocene to Early Pleistocene fossil species and eight Recent species and has traditionally been placed in the fasciolariid subfamily Peristerniinae Tryon, 1880. Although the fossil species are apparently peristerniines, the Recent species were in their majority suspected to be most closely related to Granulifusus Kuroda & Habe, 1954 in the subfamily Fusininae Wrigley, 1927. Their close affinity was confirmed by the molecular phylogenetic analysis of Couto et al. (2016). In the molecular phylogenetic section we present a more detailed analysis of the relationships of 10 Recent Pseudolatirus-like species, erect two new fusinine genera, Okutanius gen. nov. (type species Fusolatirus kuroseanus Okutani, 1975) and Vermeijius gen. nov. (type species Pseudolatirus pallidus Kuroda & Habe, 1961). Five species are described as new for science, three of them are based on sequenced specimens (Granulifusus annae sp. nov., G. norfolkensis sp. nov., Okutanius ellenae gen. et sp. nov.) and two (G. tatianae sp. nov., G. guidoi sp. nov.) are attributed to Granulifusus on the basis of conchological similarities to sequenced species. New data on radular morphology is presented for examined species.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, Restreint, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GEMINI, GUYANE 2014, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KANACONO, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2012, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MADEEP, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NanHai 2014, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR, Restreint

A new dextral flounder, Samariscus multiradiatus, is described from six specimens (four males and two females) collected in deep waters (296–430 m) around New Caledonia. The species is easily distinguished from its 16 congeners in having a combination of 85–91 dorsal fin rays, 67–72 anal fin rays, 5 pectoral fin rays, and 9 abdominal and 34–35 caudal vertebrae.

BATHUS 4, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 1

The Indo-Pacific peristediid genus Scalicus Jordan 1923 is taxonomically revised with six species including a single new species: Scalicus engyceros (Günther 1872), Scalicus hians (Gilbert and Cramer 1897), Scalicus orientalis (Fowler 1938), Scalicus paucibarbatus sp. nov., Scalicus quadratorostratus (Fourmanoir and Rivaton 1979) and Scalicus serrulatus (Alcock 1898). The new species differs from its congeners in having a stick-like rostral projection with ball-like fleshy mass at the tip, rostral projection width 2.12–4.60 in rostral projection length; 4 lip and 3 chin barbels; 8–11 branches on filamentous barbel; filamentous barbel lacking membrane between its each branch, its length 13.1–20.4% of standard length; posteriormost chin barbel simple (rarely divided into two branches at the base); and presence of antrorse spines on posterior bony plates of upper lateral row. It is clear that Scalicus amiscus (Jordan and Starks 1904) and Scalicus investigatoris (Alcock 1898) are junior synonyms of S. hians, respectively, and Scalicus gilberti (Jordan 1921) is a junior synonym of S. engyceros. A key to the species of Scalicus is presented. In addition, lectotypes are designated for S. hians, S. quadratorostratus and S. serrulatus, respectively.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, NORFOLK 1, TERRASSES

Four new species and one subspecies are described from deep water in the New Caledonian region : Amalda fuscolingua, A. aureomarginata, A. coriolis, A. bellonarum and A. hilgendorfi richeri. A. montrouzieri (Souverbie, 1860) is redescribed and discussed. SEM photographs of radulae are included.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The Monniot collection of copepods associated with ascidian hosts was built up over several decades of field collecting and taxonomic research on ascidians by Drs Claude & Françoise Monniot (MNHN, Paris). This paper describes a total of 84 new species of copepods collected from ascidian hosts and five new genera are established. Prior to this study the family Ascidicolidae comprised two genera accommodating five valid species; here we add two new genera, Hamistyelicola gen. nov. and Bathycopola gen. nov., and eight new species in total. The family Buproridae comprised a single genus consisting of three species; here we add a new monotypic genus, Buprorides gen. nov. The family Botryllophilidae comprised 68 valid species in seven genera and here we add 45 new species; 13 of Botryllophilus Hesse, 1864, nine of Schizoproctus Aurivillius, 1885, three of Haplostomides Chatton & Harant, 1924, 12 of Haplostoma Chatton & Harant, 1924, seven of Haplostomella Chatton & Harant, 1924 and a single new species of Haplosaccus Chatton & Harant, 1924. The Enteropsidae comprised 42 species in five genera and here we add two new genera, Monnioticopa gen. nov. and Periboia gen. nov., plus a total of 30 new species; 15 of Enterocola van Beneden, 1860, two of Enterocolides Chatton & Harant, 1922, five of Enteropsis C.W.S. Aurivillius, 1885, five of Monnioticopa gen. nov., two of Mychophilus Hesse, 1865, plus the type species of Periboia gen. nov. Generic diagnoses are provided for all genera represented in the collection. A further 13 known species are also reported and brief supplementary descriptive notes or full redescriptions are provided, as appropriate.

ATIMO VATAE, BORDAU 1, CEAMARC-AA, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GUYANE 2014, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 4

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, GEMINI, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KANACONO, KANADEEP 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Abstract Swimming crabs of the genus Portunus are revised based on analysis of three genetic markers (COI, 16S and H3) and a morphological comparison. The analyses reveal the polyphyletic composition of Monomia, Portunus and Xiphonectes and the paraphyly of Achelous. Portunus, in our revised composition, is restricted to 13, Monomia to ten and Xiphonectes to 14 species. Other species are transferred to Achelous (28) and Cycloachelous (nine) or to newly established genera. Four new genera are separated from Xiphonectes and one new genus from Monomia. The systematic composition of the portunid subfamily Portuninae now comprises 11 genera: Arenaeus, Allomonomia gen. nov., Cavoportunus, Callinectes, Cycloachelous, Eodemus gen. nov., Incultus gen. nov., Monomia, Portunus, Trionectes gen. nov. and Xiphonectes. The genus Lupella is synonymized with Achelous (Achelouinae). Xiphonectes pulchricristatus and Xiphonectes spinipes are placed in Alionectes gen. nov., Portunus ponticus is transferred to Lupocycloporus (both Lupocyclinae), and Monomia euglypha is now placed in Cycloachelous (Portuninae). Portunus mokyevskyi is considered a junior synonym of Scylla tranquebarica (Necronectinae). Xiphonectes leptocheles is confirmed as a valid species. Cycloachelous granulatus unispinosus is also considered a valid species and is to be treated as Cycloachelous unispinosus.

ATIMO VATAE, CHALCAL 2, KARUBENTHOS 2012

A new cratigonid genus and species, Pseudopontophilus serratus n. gen., n. sp., is established from the southwestern Pacific. The new genus is closely related to Pontophilus Leach, 18 17 and Parapontophilus Christoffersen, 1988 in having at least one pair of lateral teeth oil the rostrum and a postorbital suture on the carapace. It is distinguished from both Pontophilus and Parapontophilus in the completely loss of exopod on the First pereopod and the less reduced second pereopod. Considerable variation in the number of median spines oil the carapace, which not appear to be correlated with either size or sex, is found in this new species.

BATHUS 4, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 3, SMIB 8

A collection of the caridean shrimp genus Glyphocrangon A. Milne-Edwards, 1881 (Glyphocrangonidae), made during the South Java Deep-Sea Biodiversity Expedition 2018 (SJADES 2018), is comprised of six species, including one new to science: G. hakuhoae Takeda & Hanamura, 1994, G. indonesiensis Komai, 2004b, G. juxtaculeata Chace, 1984, G. proxima Komai, 2004b, G. serratirostris, new species, and G. sibogae de Man, 1918. Glyphocrangon juxtaculeata, which was originally described on the basis of a single juvenile holotype and previously placed in the synonymy of G. regalis Spence Bate, 1888, is herein reinstated as a valid species on the basis of examination of a newly collected female specimen. Glyphocrangon serratirostris, new species, belongs to the “G. regalis” species complex, but is quite distinctive in having four or more lateral spines on each side of the rostrum. Genetic analyses using partial segments of the mitochondrial COI gene also supports the recognition of the new species.

BIOPAPUA, CHALCAL 2, MAINBAZA

During several expeditions by the Museum National d'Histoire Naturel, Paris, two hereby described deep water species of Nassarius were collected.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, SALOMON 1, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

A new coralliophiline species with striking morphological features is described from several stations sampled in deep waters off New Caledonia. It is compared with related species of Babelomurex and Hirtomurex. It is currently known only from a restricted area in the south-west Pacific.

BERYX 11, CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8

Three new coralliophiline species are described from stations sampled in deep waters of New Caledonia, and Fiji in the South West Pacific: Coralliophila rhomboidea, Babelomurex virginiae and Mipus coriolisi. All species are compared with the morphologically closest species of Coralliophila, Babelomurex and Mipus.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 5, VOLSMAR

Thirty-two species of Spondylus (Spondylidae) including eight previously undescribed, are recorded from material collected off New Caledonia and adjacent waters. Most of the species live in shallow water in coral reef and lagoonal environments, but at least four species have their main distribution at depths around 200 m, with one species occurring at 700 m. Spondylus exiguus sp. novo is the smallest known species in the family, with a maximum size of 6.4 mm. Spondylus flabellum Reeve, 1856 is placed into the synonymy of S. anacanthus Mawe, 1823. Confusion surrounding usage of the names Spondylus anacanthus and S. sanguineus Dunker, 1852 is finally resolved. The name Spondylus anacanthus, which has previously been applied to S. occidens Sowerby, 1903, is shown to be a prior and validly proposed name for S. sanguineus. Despite being well figured by MAWE, the absence of any documented type material for Spondylus anacanthus necessitates the establishment of a neotype for this species. Lectotypes are designated for Spondylus albibarbatus, S. butleri, S. castus, S. flabellum, S. ocellatus, S. pacificus, S. plurispinosus, and S. rubicundus, all of Reeve, 1856. By First Reviser action, the name Spondylus nicobaricus Schreibers, 1793 is given precedence over S. pseudochama Schreibers, 1793.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Members of the benthopelagic fish family Euclichthyidae, also known as the Eucla cods, occur on the upper continental slopes off Australasia at 220–1040 m depths. Euclichthyids essentially differ from other gadiform fishes in a combination of two almost contiguous dorsal fins with the second much longer based, a deeply notched anal fin with its anterior portion greatly elevated, jugular pelvic fins consisting of 3 partly united filiform upper rays and 3 free filamentous lower rays, an asymmetrical caudal fin with 5 hypurals fused into two plates, and no chin barbel, or vomerine and palatine tooth patches. Additional characters attributed to the group by other published studies include: no horizontal diaphragm within the posterior chamber of the swim bladder, no swim bladder-auditory capsule connection, presence of a luminous organ, and cranial muscle adductor arcus palatini divided by a strong ligament running from the lateral ethmoid and palatine to the medial face of the hyomandibular. Widely considered to be monotypic since its erection in 1984, the group consists of a single genus and three allopatric species, Euclichthys polynemus McCulloch, 1926 (Western and southern Australia, New Zealand), and two new taxa, E. microdorsalis sp. nov. (northeastern Australia) and E. robertsi sp. nov. (eastern Australia and New Caledonia). Eucla cods are morphologically conservative with both new species superficially resembling the type species, E. polynemus. Euclichthys microdorsalis sp. nov. is the most anatomically and morphologically divergent member of the group in having a shorter first dorsal fin, longer snout, relatively small eye compared to its interorbital width, and fewer caudal-fin rays and primary rakers on the outer gill arch than its congeners. Euclichthys robersti sp. nov. differs from E. polynemus in being smaller with a more slender head, and having a smaller eye, longer anal-fin base and tail, smaller scales, fewer primary rakers on the outer gill arch, more elongate oval otoliths, and usually having a X and/or Y bone in the caudal skeleton (both absent in other Euclichthys). Little is known of their biology but available material suggest that early juveniles remain pelagic in the open ocean with adults benthopelagic near the sea floor. Diagnoses and a key are provided for the three species.

BERYX 2, CHALCAL 2

A new Craniidae, living in the South Pacific, possesses a large ventral valve with alveolar structure and a dorsal valve with "crura-like" processes, to which the lophophore is attached by means of a pair of brachial elevator muscles. Similar structures, but without well established function, occur only in a Cretaceous craniid genus and in a Recent one, only known from one juvenile valve.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2

Twenty six species of brachiopods were dredged in the bathyal area surrounding New-Caledonia and the Chesterfield Islands, from 1985 to 1989, during the cmises BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, 5, 6, SMIB 1, 4, and VOLSMAR. That fauna shows a broad diversity, including 19 genera belonging to 14 families. A new genus {Kanakythyris) and four new species are described {K. pachyrhynchos, Stenosarina globosa, S. lata, Fallax neocaledonensis). Several species are strongly sulcate {Neorhynchia strebeli. Abyssothyris wyvillei, K. pachyrhynchos, Nipponithyris afra), a feature that is usually considered as typical of deep-sea brachiopods. Nevertheless, this feature also occurs in New-Caledonian species at lesser depths. Moreover, in several taxa, size differences between populations or species seem to be related to depth.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, GEMINI, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 4, VOLSMAR

Species of the parapagurid genus Strobopagurus Lemaitre, 1989 are reviewed based primarily on abundant specimens obtained during French campaigns across the Indo-Pacific region. A new species, S. breviacus, is described. The genus contains two other species, S. gracilipes (A. Milne-Edwards, 1891), the type of the genus, and S. sibogae (de Saint Laurent, 1972). One taxon, Parapagurus kilburni Kensley, 1973, originally described from off eastern Africa, has been found to be a junior synonym of S. sibogae. An updated diagnosis of the genus, and diagnoses and comparative illustrations of all three species, are presented together with a key to aid in their identification. Information on live coloration is provided for S. gracilipes and S. sibogae; live coloration of S. breviacus is not known.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, LIFOU 2000, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, SALOMON 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A review of species of the genus Sympagurus Smith, 1883 (sensu Lemaitre) from the world oceans is presented. The study is based on the rich collections obtained during French campaigns in the Pacific and Indian Oceans, and on additional material in various museums and research institutions throughout the world. The 17 species recognised in this genus occur most frequently between 500 and 1000 m depth, and range from 80 to 2537 m. Some live in striking symbiosis with anthozoan or zoanthid coelenterates that can produce pseudo-shells. Three new species, S. aurantium, S. chani and S. symmetricus, are fully described and illustrated here. Sympagurus rectichela (Zarenkov 1990), a taxon originally described in Parapagurus Smith, 1879, has been found to be a junior synonym of S. dofleini (Balss, 1912); and S. papposus Lemaitre, 1996 is a junior synonym of S. burkenroadi Thompson, 1943. All previously known Sympagurus species are diagnosed or redescribed and illustrated, and data on habitat, symbiotic associations, and coloration are provided. A key to aid in the identification of all Sympagurus species is presented, and their bathymetric and geographic distributions are summarised. The geographic distribution of 14 species (82.3%) includes the Pacific Ocean, 9 (52.9.%) the Indian Ocean, and 3 (1.8%) the Atlantic Ocean. New Caledonia and adjacent islands have the highest number of Sympagurus species in the world, with 12 species known to occur there.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, VOLSMAR

A review of the deep-water hermit crab species of the genus Paragiopagurus Lemaitre, 1996 from the world oceans is presented. The core specimen base for this study has come primarily from the abundant collections of species of this genus obtained during French campaigns over the last four decades, and complemented with numerous specimens from many other deep-sea expeditions and deposited in various museum holdings around the world. Paragiopagurus is one of the most speciose genus among the Parapaguridae Smith, 1882, although it is considered a phylogenetically heterogeneous assemblage and does not appear to have an apomorphy of its own. Bathymetrically, the species range in depth from 36 to 2034 m, although they occur most frequently between 200 and 1000 m. The species utilize as housing, gastropod shells (or rarely scaphopod shells, siliceous sponges, or hollow pieces of wood) that may or may not be colonized by actinians or zoanthids. In this review, 24 species are recognized, of which five are new, P. laperousei n. sp., P. orthotenes n. sp., P. oxychelos n. sp., P. trilineatus n. sp., and P. umbonatus n. sp. The new species are fully described and illustrated. All previously known species of the genus are diagnosed or redescribed, and previously published illustrations of important taxonomic characters assembled and complemented, when useful, with new illustrations. The treatment of each species includes a full synonymy, materials examined (type and non-types), colouration, habitat or type of housing used, distribution, and remarks on taxonomy and morphological affinities. Colour photographs are included for 14 of the species. Parapagurus curvispina de Saint Laurent, 1974, a species tentatively moved after its description to Sympagurus Smith, 1883 and then to Paragiopagurus, is herein transferred with certainty to Oncopagurus Lemaitre, 1996. Parapagurus spinimanus Balss, 1911, a species that had been incorrectly placed in Paragiopagurus, is herein moved to Sympagurus. Parapagurus sculptochela Zarenkov, 1990, a taxon previously considered a junior synonym of Paragiopagurus boletifer (de Saint Laurent, 1972), is herein resurrected as a valid species of Paragiopagurus. The bathymetric and geographic distributions of Paragiopagurus species are summarized and briefly discussed, including a summary table, graph, and map with generalized distribution patterns.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, TAIWAN 2004, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A worldwide taxonomic and distributional synthesis of the deep-water hermit crab genus Oncopagurus Lemaitre, 1996 is presented. This genus, originally defined for 10 species is set apart from other Parapaguridae as well as other Paguroidea, by one synapomorphy: the presence of an upwardly curved epistomial spine. This study is based on a large amount of specimens deposited in major museums and collected during deep-sea sampling across the world oceans since the late 1800s, with the bulk of material coming from French campaigns in the Indo-Pacific, central and south Pacific during the last 40 years. A total of 24 species are recognised in this investigation, nine of which are new and fully described and illustrated. All previously known species are diagnosed or re-described, including figures assembled from recent published accounts or newly illustrated, of the most important morphological features useful for identifi cations. Information for each species includes a synonymy (full or abbreviated if a synonymy has recently been published), material examined (type and non-types), variations when signifi cant, colouration when available, habitat or type of housing used, distribution, and remarks on taxonomy and morphological affinities. Rare colour photographs are included for five species. Species of Oncopagurus range in depth from the Continental Shelf (50 m) to the Continental Rise (2308 m), although they are most commonly found in 50–500 m. Individuals of the majority of species in this genus are minute in size (< 3 mm in shield length), species differ in subtle morphological characters, and often exhibit the same broad morphological variations related to sex and size that has been documented in species of other genera of Parapaguridae. Oncopagurus mironovi Zhadan, 1997, a taxon reported from the Nazca and Sala-y-Gómez Ridges, is considered a junior synonym of the widely distributed O. indicus (Alcock, 1905). The bathymetric and geographic distributions of Oncopagurus species are summarised and briefly discussed, complemented with a summary table, graph, and map with generalised distribution patterns. The scant phylogenetic knowledge of this genus is summarised.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMCB, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, TAIWAN 2004, VOLSMAR

This book describes taxa of cowries, some of which are new to science; others have to date been known only by taxonomically invalid forma-names: valid species: aenigma, colligata, deforgesi. New species by revision and promoting of rank: valid species: aenigma, colligata, deforgesi. New species by revision and lifting of rank: boucheti, gilvella, johnsonorum. New subspecies: caurica samoensis, citrina dauphinensis, coronata debruini, decipiens suprasinum, exmouthensis abrolhoensis, e. magnifica, jeaniana thalamega, katsuae guidoi, maculifera martybealsi, m. scindata, mappa admirabilis, teramachii polyphemus, langfordi cavatoensis, stolida brianoi, subteres violacincta, teres janae, and new subspecies by taxonomic validation: bregeriana pervelata, cinerea brasilensis, connelli peelae, cribraria australiensis, exmouthensis rottnestensis, fimbriata marquesana, fuscodentata grohorum, f sphaerica, mappa aliwalensis, pellucens panamensis, porteri nigromaculata, rosselli latistoma, r. satiata, scurra mundula, teramachii neocaledonica. Taxonomically valid names of other authors are elevated to species rank: exmouthensis, geographica, pellucens, and in some cases, to subspecies rank: cribraria zadela, fuscorubra gondwanalandensis, teres alveolus. Some genera and species-complexes are discussed in detail: the Leporicypraea mappacomplex, some species of the deep-water genus Nesiocypraea, the Western Australian members of Cribrarula, the genus Cypraeovula and its zoogeography, Erronea caurica and its subspecies, and the Blasicrura (Talostolida) teres species-complex. The distributions of all new taxa and related species-complexes are shown. In an illustrated checklist, all species, subspecies and commonly used forma-names of the living Cypraeidae are listed, including the new species and subspecies described herein.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, KARUBAR, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, Restreint, Restreint, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, SALOMON 1, SMIB 8

Galatheid crustaceans of the genus Paramunida Baba, 1988, collected in the Philippines, Indonesia and New Caledonia, have been studied. The collection contains 12 species, seven of which are described as new : P. belone, P. evexa, P. pictura, P. polita, P. pronoe, P. stichas, and P. thalie. An identification key for all of the species of the genus is provided.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 6, VOLSMAR

A large collection of species of the genus Munida has been examined and found to contain 56 undescribed species. The specimens examined were caught mainly off New Caledonia, Chesterfield Islands, Loyalty Islands, Matthew and Hunter Islands. Several samples from Kiribati, the Philippines and Indonesia have also been included. The specimens were collected between 6 and 2 049 m. Some species previously known in the area (Af. Gracilis, M. haswelli, M. microps, M. spinicordata and M. tubercidata) have been illustrated. These results point up the high diversity of this genus in the region and the importance of several characters in species identification (e.g., size and number of lateral spines on the carapace, ornamentation of the thoracic sternites, size of antennular and antennal spines, colour pattern).

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8

Four new species of the genera Eumunida Smith, 1883 (E. spinosa n. sp.), Munida Leach, 1820 (M. aulakodes n. sp., M. devestiva n. sp.) and Torbenia Baba, 2005 (T. calvata n. sp.) are described and illustrated from specimens collected during recent cruises carried out off New Caledonia. Eumunida spinosa n. sp. has two well developed spines on the anterior border of the fourth thoracic sternite (subgenus Eumunida de Saint-Laurent & Poupin, 1996), the posterior region of the carapace with complete striae, the carapace with two pairs of anterolateral spines, no ventral pad on the propodus of the chelipeds, and two rows of well developed spines on the palm of the cheliped. Munida aulakodes n. sp. is characterized by the presence of three spines on the branchial lateral margins of the carapace, spines on the anterior ridge of the second abdominal somite, and two carinae separated by a furrow, on each lateral part of the seventh thoracic sternite. Munida devestiva n. sp. has a carapace without complete transverse ridges, small eyes, with the corneae barely wider than the eyestalk, and the abdominal segments unarmed. Torbenia calvara n. sp. is easily differentiated from the other species of the genus by the absence of spines on the anterior ridge of the second abdominal segment, and the small size of the first anterolateral spine of the carapace. A new occurrence of the rare species Pseudomunida fragilis Haig, 1979 is also reported.

CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 2, NORFOLK 2

Sixty-six species of the genus Munidopsis have been studied using specimens collected during numerous French expeditions carried out in the last decades in the deep-waters of the southwest Indian and southwest Pacific Oceans, between 140 and 4400 m. Twenty-five new species are described, and the diagnoses and illustrations of some relatively rare species (M. africana, M. debilis, M. lenzii, M. moresbyi, M. orcina, M. sinclairi, M. stylirostris and M. wardeni) are provided. The reestablishment of the genus Galacantha is proposed, including the descriptions/diagnoses and a key to all species. The genus contains nine species, including three new species (G. bellis, G. diomedeae, G. quiquei n. sp., G. rostrata, G. spinosa, G. subrostrata n. sp., G. subspinosa n. sp., G. trachynotus and G. valdiviae). The number of species collected by station is very small (usually one species), probably related to their low densities. However, in some samples, as many as five species have been found. The highest number of species have been observed in the Banda Sea (Indonesia) and Solomon Islands. The new records of some species greatly extend the previously known distribution range of the species.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, Restreint, Restreint, Restreint, Restreint, Restreint, Restreint, Restreint, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MD20 (SAFARI), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, VOLSMAR, Restreint, Restreint

We analyzed the distribution patterns of the galatheid squat lobsters (Crustacea, Decapoda, Galatheidae) of the Pacific Ocean. We used the presence/absence data of 402 species along the continental slope and continental rise (200-2000 m) obtained from 54 cruises carried out in areas around the Philippines, Indonesia, Solomon, Vanuatu, New Caledonia, Fiji, Tonga, Wallis and Futuna and French Polynesia. The total number of stations was ca. 3200. We also used published data from other expeditions carried out in the Pacific waters, and from an exhaustive search of ca. 600 papers on the taxonomy and biogeography of Pacific species. We studied the existence of biogeographic provinces using multivariate analyses, and present data on latitudinal and longitudinal patterns of species richness, rate of endemism and the relationship between body sizes with the size of the geographic ranges. Latitudinal species richness along the Western and Eastern Pacific exhibited an increase from higher latitudes towards the Equator. Longitudinal species richness decreased considerably from the Western to the Central Pacific. Size frequency distribution for body size was strongly shifted toward small sizes and endemic species were significantly smaller than non-endemics. This study concludes that a clear separation exists between the moderately poor galatheid fauna of the Eastern Pacific and the rich Western and Central Pacific faunas. Our results also show that the highest numbers of squat lobsters are found in the Coral Sea (Solomon-Vanuatu-New Caledonia islands) and Indo-Malay-Philippines archipelago (IMPA). The distribution of endemism along the Pacific Ocean indicates that there are several major centres of diversity, e.g. Coral Sea, IMPA, New Zealand and French Polynesia. The high proportion of endemism in these areas suggests that they have evolved independently. (C) 2009 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, TERRASSES

The genus Galathea is one of the most speciose and unwieldy groups in the family Galatheidae. The examination of more than 9000 specimens of 144 species collected in the Indian and Pacific Oceans using morphological and molecular characters, has revealed the existence of 92 new species. The specimens examined during this study were obtained by various French expeditions supplemented by other collections from various sources, and including the type specimens of some previously described species. Most of the new species are distinguished by subtle but constant morphological differences, which are in agreement with molecular divergences of the mitochondrial markers COI and/or 16S rRNA. Here, we describe and illustrate the new species and redescribe some previously described species for which earlier accounts are not sufficiently detailed for modern standards. Furthermore we include a dichotomous identification key to all species in the genus from the Indian and Pacific Oceans.

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, Restreint, CORINDON 2, Restreint, Restreint, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MAINBAZA, MD32 (REUNION), MIRIKY, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2004, PAPUA NIUGINI, Restreint, RAPA 2002, Restreint, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, Restreint, Restreint, TERRASSES

Examination of numerous specimens of squat lobsters of the genus Eumunida Smith, 1883 collected by French cruises along the coasts of New Caledonia, the Solomon Islands and Papua-New Guinea revealed the presence of six species, including a new species. The collection data of all of these species are recorded. The new species, E. turbulenta n. sp., is described and illustrated from New Caledonia and Chesterfield Islands.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOPAPUA, CHALCAL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KANACONO, KANADEEP, MADEEP, NORFOLK 1, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 8, TERRASSES

New material of Brisingaster robillardi de Loriol 1883, including juveniles, allows a more complete description of the species. Papulae, obscured in the holotype and previously unknown for this taxon, are present. Abactinal plate arrangements provide new autapomorphies for the genus Brisingaster. Scanning electronic microscope photographs of pedicellariae are described and compared with those of Novodinia antillensis. The range of B. robillardi is extended to New Caledonia, Western Australia and Amami-o-shima, Japan. Morphological variation is present between material from the Pacific and the Indian Ocean. Novodinia helenae Rowe, 1989 is synonymized with B. robillardi. New phylogenetic evidence also supporrs a new family, the Brisingasteridae, which tentatively includes Brisingaster and Novodinia.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, CHALCAL 2, LAGON

ATIMO VATAE, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, EXBODI, LITHIST, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The new pontoniine shrimp genus, Echinopericlimenes gen. nov., is suggested for four species, Periclimenes hertwigi Balss, 1913, Periclimenes dentidactylus Bruce, 1984, Periclimenes calcaratus Chace & Bruce, 1993 and Echinopericlimenes aurorae sp. nov., belonging to so-called “Periclimenes hertwigi Balss, 1913” species group sensu stricto. The new genus can be clearly separated by the unique form of hepatic tooth greatly extending beyond the pterygostomial margin of carapace, unique form of fingers of pereiopods II (chelipeds) and dactyli of ambulatory pereiopods III–V. All species referring to the new genus are similar in ecology being deep-water dwellers, usually collected deeper that 300 meters in associations with venomous sea urchins of the family Echinothuriidae (Echinodermata: Echinoidea). Remarks on ecology, description of the new species from Philippines and a key to all known species of Echinopericlimenes gen. nov. are presented.

AURORA 2007, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SMIB 2

Thirty species (27 new) of Calliostomatidae are recorded from the study region, all but two of which are new records. An additional new species is based on material from northern New Zealand. They are referred to Fautor Iredale, 1924, Benthastelena Iredale, 1936, Ampullotrochus Monterosato, 1890 (as subgenera of Calliostoma Swainson, 1840), Bathyfautor gen. nov., Dactylastele gen. nov., Laetifautor Iredale, 1929, Selastele gen. nov., Fautrix gen. nov., and Thysanodonta Marshall, 1988. A new tribe, Fautricini, is introduced for species with a radula that is evidently the most primitive (plesiomorphic) in the family, and Fautricini either represents the common basal stock or an early offshoot from it. Calliostomatidae is treated as a family within Trochoidea rather than a subfamily of Trochidae as has been traditional. Three calliostomatid genus group taxa are newly synonymised: Tristichotrochus Ikebe, 1942 ( = Benthastelena Iredale, 1936), Salsipotens Iredale, 1924 (= Astele Swainson, 1840), Spicator Cotton & Godfrey, 1935 ( = Laetifautor Iredale, 1929). Criteria used for taxonomic discrimination, evolutionary history, and some biogeographical observations are discussed. All calliostomatid genus group taxa and taxa removed (some newly) from the family are listed in appendices. A lectotype is designated for Zizyphinus scobinatus A. Adams, 1863.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 3

Helicopeltinae, a new subfamily of the Addisoniidae. is proposed for a group of minute deep-sea gastropods found living and feeding on detrital cephalopod beaks from the Chesterfield Plateau and southern New Caledonia. The type species of Helicopelta gen. nov., H. rostricola sp. nov., uniquely combines an operculate, coiled shell similar to that in Choristella Bush, 1987 (Choristellidae), a horseshoe-shaped shell muscle characteristic of a limpet, a radular similar to that in Addisoniidae but with more numerous marginal teeth and non-homologous primary rasping teeth, a large left centered gill, and a copulatory organ that is situated on the left side instead of the right as in all other members of the Lepetelloidea. A second (unnamed) species Helicopelta is recorded from off southern New Caledonia. The opportunity is taken to describe a new limpet of the genus Tentaoculus Moskalev, 1976, fro New Zealand that lives and feeds within pent chondrichthyan egg cases, the first record of a pseudococculinid from this habitat. Radalue of Teuthirostria cancellata Moskalev, 1976, and of species of Addisonia, Choristella, and Bathysciadium are illustrated and discussed.

CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 5

As a result ot procedural omission during preparation of a recent paper (Marshall, 1995), I overlooked the fact that a specific epithet chosen for a new Calliostoma species was already in use by Quinn (1992).

CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4

Living species of Meiocardia, Glossidae, are reviewed on the basis of specimens stored in various museums and institutions, including the MUSORSTOM collection of Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris. Six species, one of them new, are reported from the Indo-West Pacific. The type species, M. moltkiana (Gmelin, 1791), has been variously interpreted by authors, so we redescribe it and give a new diagnosis of the genus. Other species of Meiocardia are: M. sanguineomaculata (Dunker, 1882) (Philippines to Seychelles); M. vulgaris (Reeve, 1845) (China to Philippines); M. globosa sp. nov. (eastern Indian Ocean to Taiwan and Philippines); M. samarangiae Bernard, Cai & Morton, 1993 (Japan); and M. hawaiana Dall, Bartsch & Rehder, 1938 (western Indian Ocean to Hawaii). Meiocardia lamarckii (Reeve, 1845) is synonymised with M. moltkiana. Meiocardia lamarckii of Japanese authors is not the same as M. lamarckii (Reeve), but is conspecific with M. hawaiana. Meiocardia samarangiae Bernard, Cai & Morton, 1993 is a replacement name for Isocardia tetragona Adams & Reeve, 1850 non Koch & Dunker, 1837. The genus Glossocardia, Trapezidae, is redescribed on the basis of the type-species, Glossocardia obesa (Reeve, 1843) (tropical West Pacific). It includes Glossocardia stoliczkana Prashad, 1932 (Philippines and New Caledonia) and the tropical western Atlantic G. agassizii (Dall, 1886), which was originally assigned to Meiocardia. There are no records of living or fossil species of Meiocardia from the western Atlantic or eastern Pacific.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, Restreint, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, Restreint, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Neomerinthe ignea (Scorpaenidae), a new species of scorpionfish from the western Pacific Ocean, previously confused with Neomerinthe erostris (Alcock 1896), is described. The new species is characterized by the following combination of characteristics: body size less than about 90 mm standard length (SL); lateral lacrimal and second preopercular spines present; usually a distinct longitudinal ridge on lateral surface of maxilla; usually 18 pectoral-fin rays; 37–42 longitudinal series scale rows; pored lateral-line scales 23–25; scale rows above lateral line 4–6, below lateral line 9–11, between sixth dorsal-fin spine base and lateral line 5 or 6, and between last dorsal-fin spine base and lateral line 5–7; usually 6 upper gill rakers, 9–16 lower gill rakers (8–10 and 0–7 rakers on ceratohyal and hypobranchial, respectively); numerous cycloid scales on ventral body surface between isthmus and posterior to pelvic fin; 1st dorsal-fin ray length 14.7–19.1% of SL, 2nd dorsal-fin ray length 14.6–18.9% of SL, 3rd dorsal-fin ray length 15.6–18.9% of SL, 4th dorsal-fin ray length 15.2–19.1% of SL, and 5th dorsal-fin ray length 14.2–19.5% of SL; body bright orange to reddish-white when fresh; body and pectoral fins pale yellowish, with indistinct blotches on lateral body surface when preserved. A molecular genetic analysis based on the mitochondrial marker Cytochrome c oxidase subunit I showed that the new species formed a clade distinct from congeneric species. In addition, records of N. erostris, a species similar to N. ignea, are reviewed, and additional specimens from northern Australia noted.

CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

A taxonomic review of five scorpaenid nominal species included in the Neomerinthe bucephalus species group [Neomerinthe amplisquamiceps (Fowler 1938), Neomerinthe bucephalus (Alcock 1896), Neomerinthe kaufmani (Herre 1952), Neomerinthe megalepis (Fowler 1938), and Neomerinthe procurva Chen 1981], characterized by a lateral lacrimal spine, recognized four to be valid (N. amplisquamiceps, N. bucephalus, N. kaufmani, and N. megalepis), with N. procurva regarded as a junior synonym of N. bucephalus. A lectotype was designated for N. bucephalus in this study. The valid species, supported by a molecular analysis based on the mitochondrial marker Cytochrome c Oxidase subunit I, can also be identified from combinations of the following characteristics: numbers of pectoral-fin rays, scale rows in the longitudinal series, scale rows below the lateral line, and scale rows between the sixth dorsal-fin spine and lateral line, eleventh dorsal-fin spine length, caudal-peduncle length and depth, and body coloration. In addition, the new species Neomerinthe harenartis is described based on four specimens collected from Vanuatu. This species, also bearing a lateral lacrimal spine, is distinguished from other Indo-Pacific Neomerinthe by having 19 pectoral-fin rays, 47 or 48 scale rows in the longitudinal series, 6 or 7 scale rows above the lateral line, and body depth 31.0–32.8% of SL, and lacking a second preopercular spine. A key to species in the N. bucephalus species group is given.

CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, SALOMON 2, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 6

BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6

The very interesting and rather specialized hermit crab genera Porcellanopagurus and Solitariopagurus are represented in collections from the MUSORSTOM cruises to New Caledonia and the Marquesas by four species of the former and three of the latter. Among the species of Porcellanopagurus, three species, P. tridentatus Whitelegge, P. filholi de Saint Laurent & McLaughlin, and P. chiltoni de Saint Laurent & McLaughlin have heretofore been reported only from Australia and New Zealand; P. haptodactylus sp. nov. is a distinctive species, new to science. Solitariopagurus triprobulus Poupin& McLaughlin is reported for the first time beyond the islands of French Polynesia, and the range of S. tuerkayi McLaughlin is extended from the Kai and Tanimbar Island of Indonesia to New Caledonia, Vanuatu and Okinawa. A new species, S. trullirostris sp. nov., is described from New Caledonia and the Marquesas. The similarities and differences of the two new genera are elucidated, and an apparently rare attribute, a terminal anus, common to some species of both is discussed. The new species are fully described and illustrated, while diagnoses and illustrations of principal diagnostic characters are provided for the previously described species. Keys to the Indo- and western Pacific species of Porcellanopagurus and to the genus Solitariopagurus are included.

BATHUS 1, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 2, SMIB 5, VOLSMAR

The hermit crab genus Nematopagurus, erected by A. Milne-Edwards & Bouvier (1892) for a single Atlantic species, has vastly larger reported representation in the Indo-Pacific region. However, the majority of species have been described on the basis of one or only a few specimens. The Musorstom expeditions to the south central Pacific and Philippine Islands, supplemented by the surveys of the United States Fish Commission steamer Albatross in Hawaiian, Philippine and Japanese waters, have provided not only a substantial amount of new material, but sufficient representation of most described species to permit the evaluation of intraspecific morphological variation. As a result, although five new species have been recognized, three recently described species have proven to be junior synonyms of previously known, but poorly represented, species. Nematopagurus holthuisi McLaughlin & Hogarth and N. pilosus Komai are synonymous with N. gardineri Alcock, while N. shinnyoae Komai is synonymous with N. kosiensis McLaughlin. The range of N. diadema Lewinsohn, reported previously from the Red Sea, the eastern coast of South Africa, and the South China Sea, has been extended to Fiji, while that of N. meiringae McLaughlin, known from eastern South Africa and the South and East China Seas, has been extended to the Philippine Islands. Nematopagurus kosiensis McLaughlin, previously known only from eastern South Africa has been found not only in Japanese waters, but also as far east as the Hawaiian Islands. Species identified by several authors as N. squamichelis Alcock and N. muricatus (Henderson) have been reexamined and correctly reassigned to other taxa. Descriptions and illustrations are presented for all species, together with a key for their recognition.

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

The larvae of two species of the pylochelid genus Trizocheles are described from prematurely hatched specimens and compared with earlier described larvae of Pylocheles (Pylocheles) and Pomatocheles. Although all are lecithotrophic and exhibit marked advanced development, differences in the larval morphology among the three genera are profound. Consideration is given to these differences as they relate to development in the entire Paguroidea, and the possible impact they may have on pylochelid phylogeny. As one of the Trizocheles species is undescribed, adults as well as larvae are described and illustrated.

BERYX 2, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, EBISCO, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4

A new classification is presented based on the results of the recently completed cladistic analysis of the Pylochelidae. The subfamilies Pylochelinae and Pomatochelinae are retained, the latter with the genera Pylocheles and Cheiroplatea; however, the subgenera Xylocheles and Bathycheles are elevated to generic rank together with the nominal subgenus Pylocheles. In addition, one new species, B. phenax, is described in Bathycheles and B. profundus is shown to be conspecific with B. integer. The subfamilies Parapylochelinae, Cancellochelinae, Trizochelinae, and Mixtopagurinae are reduced to ranks of tribes and included in the subfamily Trizochelinae. A new genus Forestocheles is proposed in the tribe Trizochelini. Within the genus Trizocheles, subspecific rank for T. spinosus bathamae is deemed unjustified and this taxon is placed in synonymy with the nominal subspecies T spinosus spinosus. The correct identity of Trizocheles balssi is established and the species mistakenly thought to represent that taxon is described as T. hoensonae, new species. Trizocheles gracilis is found to be conspecific with T. boasi and an additional new species, T. mendanai, is added to the genus. The superfamilial ranks of Cheiroplateoidea, Pomatocheloidea, Pylocheloidea, and Cancellocheloidea proposed by Watabe (2007) are rejected, as is Birgusoidea.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 1, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003, TAIWAN 2004, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The Dynomenidae are a group of small, uncommon, primitive crabs, which are often associated with corals. They inhabit depths down to around 500 m, between latitudes 40°N and 40°S. All genera and species are revised and redescribed, and the genus Dynomene Desmarest, 1823 is divided into two additional genera. As a result, there are thirteen known species belonging to five genera: Dynomene Desmarest, 1823 [D. hispida Guérin-Méneville, 1832, D. praedator A. Milne Edwards, 1879, D. pugnatrix de Man, 1889, D. filholi Bouvier, 1894, and D. pilumnoides Alcock, 1900], Hirsutodynomene gen. nov. [H. spinosa (Rathbun, 1911), and H. ursula (Stimpson, li>60)], Metadynomene gen. nov. [Ai. devaneyi (Takeda, 1977), M. tanensis (Yokoya, 1933), and M. crosnieri sp. nov.], Acanlliodromia A. Milne Edwards, 1880 [A. erinacea A. Milne Edwards, 1880, and A. margarita (Alcock, 1899)], and Paradynomene Sakai, 1963 [P. tuberculata Sakai, 1963]. A key is provided to identify these species. In addition nine fossil genera, dating from the Upper Jurassic, are known: Stephanonietopon Bosquet, 1854, Dromiopsis Reuss, 1859, Palaeodromites A. Milne Edwards, 1865, Cyamocarcinus Bittner, 1883, Graptocarcinus Roemer, 1887, Cyclothyreus Remes, 1895, Gemmellarocarcinus Checchia-Rispoli, 1905, Glyptodynomene Van Straelen, 1944, Trachynotocarcinus Wright & Collins, 1972. Some extinct species have also been placed in the genus Dynomene. The definition of the family Dynomenidae given by ALCOCK (1901) is updated and expanded in order to allow fossil species to be more accurately determined. Because of overlap with the Dromiidae, there has been some uncertainty about true family affinities of some fossils. Although these genera are in need of revision, this is not undertaken in this paper. The status oi Dynomene pilumnoides is established as a valid species, D. pugnatrix brevimana Rathbun. 1911 is synonymized with D. pugnatrix de Man, 1889, D. granulobata Dai, Yang & Lan, 1981 is a synonym of D. hispida, while D. sinensis Chen, 1979, D. tenuilobata Dai, Yang & Lan, 1981, and D. huangluensis Dai, Cai & Yang, 1996 are all synonyms of D. praedator. Dynomenids are reported from Australia for the first time in D. pilumnoides, and Hirsutodynomene spinosa. The status of Metadynomene tanensis (Yokoya, 1933) is established as a widespread Pacific species and shown to be part of the fauna of Japan, where it has been confused with D. praedator. Paradynomene tuberculata, previously known from Japan and New Caledonia, is now recorded from the Gulf of Aden, Indian Ocean. P. tuberculata as well as D. praedator and H. spinosa, are reported from Guam. The Atlantic Ocean and the Indo-Pacific share genera of dynomenids but not species. The biogeographic history of dynomenids is interpreted in the liglit of tfieir present distribution and in relation to plate tectonics. Ancestral dynomenids are assumed to have been tethyan crabs and D. filholi and Acanthodromia erinacea, two insular Atlantic species, are shown to be tethyan relicts. By contrast, Hirsutodynomene ursula from the eastem Pacific, seems to be a species of quite recent origin. In redescribing the species particular attention is paid to some new characters: setae, gills, epipods and gill cleaning mechanisms, the subchelate structure of the last pereopods and the male pleopods. This work was undertaken using a scanning electron microscope. Differences in the gross appearance of setae can be used to separate species and there are substantial differences in setal structure at the microscopic level. The standard branchial formula for dynomenids is shown to be nineteen gills plus seven epipods. There is little variation in gill numbers but substantial variation in gill shape between species. Although dynomenid gills are often said to be "transitional" they are arranged as in phyllobranchs but with the epibranchial part divided into varying numbers of lobes which gives them a trichobranch-like appearance. Acanthodromia has gills which are almost identical to the phyllobranchs of the Dromiidae but which retain the "dynomenid notch" on each side which, in cross section, give each gill plate a violin shape. The gill cleaning mechanism in dynomenids is complex, being carried out by no less than eight appendages (long setae on the posterior margin of the scaphognatbite and the seven epipods) as well as stiff setae on the posterior hypobranchial wall of the gill chamber. In eubrachyurans only three appendages (maxillipodal epipods) are used. In dynomenids the last pereopod is very reduced (on average less than one-third the length of the fourth pereopod) and carried in a horizontal position alongside the posterolateral carapace margin above the base of the preceding pereopod. They are not, as it has been commonly described, carried subdorsally. Using a scanning electron microscope it was revealed that this limb is sexually dimorphic: in males the dactyl has the normal shape of a tiny claw, but in females the dactyl is a flattened plate, bearing five to sixteen spines which are opposable to an extension of the propodus. In both males and females the propodal extension is armed with spines but in Hirsutodynomene. Metadynomene and Paradynotnene, females have a significantly larger number of spines, which are armed with tiny teeth. Males of three species have an additional small spine on the outer margin of the dactyl. This is a character, previously only known amongst the Dromiidae, which suggests that the last pereopod of dynomenids may have evolved from a camouflagecarrying limb. This limb appears to be vestigial and it is difficult to know what its function may have been amongst the dynomenid ancestors. However its most likely former role appears to be as a cleaning appendage, but certainly not for carrying pieces of camouflage as it is found amongst the dromiids and homolids. All dynomenids, except Acanthodromia, lack an effective abdominal locking mechanism and both sexes have five pairs of pleopods. The female has vestigial, uniramous first pleopods followed by four pairs of normal biramous pleopods, while the male has the normal first two pairs of pleopods as well as three pairs of rudimentary pleopods on segments three to five. These rudimentary pleopods can be uniramous or bifid. In Metadynomene tatiensis 17% of females were gynandromorphs with small male first pleopods but the remaining pleopods were normal. The diet of dynomenids seems to consist of food obtained by sieving fine sediment or perhaps coral mucus. The bunches of sfiff setae on the inner margins of the cheliped fingers and third maxillipeds are probably used to separate fine organic fragments. Most of their gut contents are unidentifiable soft organic material along with small amounts of chopped chitinous fragments perhaps coming from hydroids or other crustaceans. Dynomenids appear to be deposit feeders. Dynomenids have a broadcast reproductive strategy, with indirect development, laying small eggs (mean diameter = 0.49 mm) which probably produce planktonic larvae. Dynomenid larvae have never been reported in plankton samples. Males are on average 19% larger than females which become sexually mature at 5-8 mm CW for small species, or 9-13 mm CW for large species. Egg numbers increase logarithmically with body size. Given the sister group relationship with homolodromiids (which have very abbreviated development) it is implied that dynomenids and dromiids evolved from ancestors which had large eggs and perhaps a brooding strategy. This conclusion is contrary to accepted wisdom, but it is the most parsimonious answer. Some dromiids have retained the brooding strategy but others have independently evolved a broadcast strategy. The evolution of such a strategy in both these families is probably related to their colonization of the shallow water habitat. Both dynomenids and dromiids are mostly crabs of the continental shelf whereas homolodromiids are crabs of the continental slope. Using morphological characters the phylogenetic relafionships of the Dynomenidae are examined. Both the Dynomenidae and the Dromiidae are monophylefic, sharing significant apomorphies. The resemblance of some dynomenids and dromiids is shown to be the result of convergent evolution within these families. The Homolodromiidae are also monophyletic but are defined almost exclusively by plesiomorphies. Monophyly of the Dromiacea de Haan, 1833 is supported by morphological characters with the Dynomenidae and Dromiidae together being the sister group of the Homolodromiidae. The ancestor of these three families was probably a camouflage carrying crab, using both of the last two pairs of pereopods. A controversial aspect of the sister group relationships of the dromiaceans is the need to assume that in dynomenids the fourth pereopod has reverted to a locomotory role and the fifth pereopod became a cleaning limb. Monophyly of the Podotremata Guinot, 1977 is also supported. This analysis suggests that camouflage-carrying behaviour has evolved independently in the Dromiidae (and probably in the Homolodromiidae) and the Homolidae. Dromiids carry pieces of sponges or ascidians as well as shells, using the last two pairs of pereopods, while homolids carry sponges or anemones, using only the last pair of pereopods. The ancestor of the Dromiacea and Archaeobrachyura was probably an inhabitant of deeper waters and not a camouflage carrying crab.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHEDI, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALICAL 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMCB, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Three new species of unstalked crinoids (Echinodermata, Crinoidea) belonging to the comasterid genera Comactinia A. H. Clark, 1909, Capillaster A. H. Clark, 1909 and Cenolia A. H. Clark, 1916 from depths of 73-310 m, are described. Comactinia titan n. sp., from the Philippines and New Caledonia, which bears thicker arms than any other comasterid, is the first representative of its genus recorded outside the tropical western Atlantic. Capillaster squarrosus n. sp., from Vanuatu, resembles C. multiradiatus (Linnaeus, 1758) but has uniquely modified arms. Cenolia amezianeae n. sp., from southern New Caledonia and Vanuatu, resembles its congeners but bears combs on pinnules as far as P-19 (rather than just to P-4 as in other Cenolia), which requires an emendation of the generic diagnosis.

CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 5

A survey of the bathyal and abyssal area around New Caledonia began in the South-West Pacific Ocean with some recent cruises of french research vessels. The ascidian fauna appears especially diverse, with 58 species of which 31 are new. The species described here belong to almost all genera known throughout the world showing deep-sea adaptations. The 5 main types of trophic adaptation defined for deep-sea tunicates are represented. Around New Caledonia the species having the most elaborate adaptations are more numerous than in the Antarctic, Atlantic or Indian Oceans. Some of the species may possibly be intermediates between shallow water and deep-sea genera. Some genera previously known by a small number of species are here very diverse, and provide the opportunity to discuss their affinities. This applies to the genera Pharyngodictyon (Aplousobranchia), Simla (Octacnemidae), Bathyoncus and Fungulus (Stolidobranchiata). A new interpretation of Corynascidia and Pterygascidia is proposed. With the discovery of 3 new species in New Caledonia, some evolutionary stages of the genus Molguloides (Molgulidae) may now be discussed in terms of branchial structure. A tabular key of the 13 species of this genus is presented. The bathymetric distribution is compared here and in other oceans. The species showing morphological adaptations to the deep-sea live at higher levels in the New Caledonia area than in other oceanic basins. However the presence of deep-sea forms in relatively high levels has been established in other tropical areas (Indonesia, Philippines, Comores). The higher temperature of the water at this depth in low latitudes may have less influence on the ascidian ecology than the seasonal variations occurring in temperate and cold areas at equivalent depths. The affinities of the New Caledonian deep-sea ascidians vary with the families and the kind of adaptations but they are most closely related to the antiboreal fauna of temperate and cold areas. There is no relationship with the shallow water fauna. For the Polyclinidae, with the greatest diversity, relations are established with New Zealand and the subantarctic areas. The deep-sea phlebobranchs are principally known from the southern hemisphere. New Caledonia has the largest number of Octacnemidae species wordwide. The Styelidae dominate in the deep Atlantic but are poorly represented here. The Pyuridae appear to have expanded from both Austral and Indomalayan areas. The majority of the deep-sea species of Molguloides live in the southern hemisphere and all the shallow-water species are Austral ; the genus is particularly diverse around New Caledonia.

BIOCAL, Restreint, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 4

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, EBISCO, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 2, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A new scorpionfish, Phenacoscorpius longilineatus n. sp., is described on the basis of 94 specimens from New Caledonia and New Zealand in the southwestern Pacific Ocean, at depths of 345–1089 m. The new species is distinguished from its congeners by the following combination of characters: 8–18 (mode 12) pored lateral-line scales, last of which is situated from below base of seventh spine to below base of fourth dorsal-fin soft ray; no slit behind fourth gill arch; palatine teeth present; second preopercular spine always absent; nuchal and parietal spines distinct; nape and anterior body strongly arched in adults of over ca. 80 mm standard length (SL); post-nuchal-spine length 5.0–9.7% (mean 7.2%) of SL; caudal fin length 21.4–26.7% (mean 23.4%) of SL; 1–5 (mode 2) black spots on posterior half of caudal peduncle; and body usually uniformly whitish without distinct dark saddles in preserved specimens. In addition, P. adenensis Norman, 1939, which is similar to P. longilineatus morphologically, is redescribed on the basis of 3 specimens from the western Indian Ocean and 52 specimens from the southwestern Pacific. The latter represent the first records of this species outside the western Indian Ocean.

AZTEQUE, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 4

During the ORSTOM explorations (1985-92) off New Caledonia 149 specimens of the order Ophidiiformes were caught. They represent 24 species of which the following are new: Neobythites bimaculatus, N. longiventralis, N. neocaledoniensis, N. pallidus, N. zonatus and Parasciadonus pauciradiatus. All 24 species are illustrated and a key is provided

BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2, SMIB 4

Trawl surveys off Western Australia and seamounts south of New Caledonia at depths between 375 and 545 m have yielded two species of a previously unknown genus of benthic octopus (Family: Octopodidae). Histoctopus n. gen. is described here and contains two new species, Histoctopus discus and Histoctopus zipkasae n. spp. The most distinctive morphological feature of this new genus is extreme web margin development along the length of the arms, widening towards the distal tips. Of all benthic octopuses, such web margin development only occurs in this new genus and three other distinct genera, Graneledone, Pteroctopus and Velodona (from comparable depths, typically >200 m). Due to significant morphological differences between these two genera and Histoctopus, we propose that the shared web margin development reflects convergence that is peculiar to a deeper-water habitat. The function of these web extensions remains unknown; they may aid in ensnaring or enveloping prey and/or provide lift while jet swimming off the seafloor.

CHALCAL 2, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 4

Ophiuroid assemblages were successfully predicted from current museum sample data using presence-only modeling techniques and a multivariate classification on the resulting species occurrence probabilities across the Coral and Tasman Seas (20-37°S, 148-172°E). The classification involves two-stages. The first uses a non-hierarchical clustering technique to reduce the number of data points (map-pixels) to a manageable number that can be analysed in a second stage with a hierarchical classification method. For both steps, the Bray-Curtis similarity statistic is used.

BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, VOLSMAR

BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 1, VOLSMAR

The large-scale spatial distribution of seafloor fauna is still poorly understood. In particular, the bathyal zone has been identified as the key depth stratum requiring further macro- ecological research [ 1 ], particularly in the Southern Hemi- sphere [ 2 ]. Here we analyze a large biological data set derived from 295 research expeditions, across an equator- to-pole sector of the Indian, Pacific, and Southern oceans, to show that the bathyal ophiuroid fauna is distributed in three broad latitudinal bands and not primarily differentiated by oceanic basins as previously assumed. Adjacent faunas form transitional ecoclines rather than biogeographical breaks. This pattern is similar to that in shallow water despite the order-of-magnitude reduction in the variability of environmental parameters at bathyal depths. A reliable biogeography is fundamental to establishing a representative network of marine reserves across the world’s oceans [1, 3].

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, GEMINI, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, Restreint, VOLSMAR

The new serranid fish Chelidoperca cerasina is described on the basis of 13 specimens from the Coral Sea (off New Caledonia and eastern Australia), southwest Pacific Ocean, at depths of 245–338 m. The new species can be readily distinguished from all congeners by having the following combination of characters: an orange spot on pectoral-fin and caudal-fin bases; 4 scale rows between lateral line and base of spinous dorsal fin; cheek scales in 8 or 9 (modally 8) rows; tip of upper caudal-fin lobe elongated, slightly longer than lower lobe in specimens > ca. 100 mm; no longitudinal dark stripe or row of dark blotches laterally on body; interorbital scales extending beyond mid-orbit level, but not reaching anterior margin of orbit; scales on ventral surface of lower jaw restricted to angular, absent on dentary; pelvic fin short, tip not reaching anus when adpressed.

CHALCAL 2, EXBODI, KANADEEP, LITHIST, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 5

This is a regional revision of the Coralliophilinae (Neogastropoda: Muricidae) from the southwest Pacifi c, based on the material collected during recent expeditions to New Caledonia (including the Coral Sea, mainland New Caledonia, and the Loyalty Islands), Vanuatu, Wallis and Futuna, Fiji and Tonga. It is the fi rst revision of a tropical coralliophiline fauna based on large and extensive sampling, and it yielded a total of 97 coralliophiline species, 13 of them new: Coralliophila candidissima n. sp., C. bathus n. sp., C. norfolk n. sp., C. xenophila n. sp., C. cancellarioidea n. sp., Babelomurex natalabies n. sp., B. pallox n. sp., B. depressispiratus n. sp., B. macrocephalus n. sp., Hirtomurex marshalli n. sp., Mipus tonganus n. sp., M. alis n. sp., and M. boucheti n. sp. A lectotype is selected for Purpura monodonta Blainville, 1832. In addition, this survey resulted in new biogeographical records for 37 species from the southwest Pacifi c fauna. Regional endemicity may be as high as 17.5% (17 out of 97 species). The protoconchs of 47 species are fi gured by SEM. At least 68 species have planktotrophic development, while 10 species are probably lecithotrophic, either with a short pelagic phase or with a totally intracapsular develoment.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, Restreint, SALOMON 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A new ophidiid species, Neobythites machidai, is based on 7 specimens (63.0–93.5 mm SL), collected from Tosa Bay (139–176 m depth), Kochi Prefecture, southern Japan. It is most similar to N. bimarginatus, known from off New Caledonia, by having many pectoral-fin rays (>30), preopercle without spines and black bands in middle part of dorsal and anal fins. However, N. machidai differs from N. bimarginatus by pelvic-fin length 8.5–11.5% SL (vs. 11.5–13.5% SL in the latter species), longest gill filament 6.9–10.0% HL (vs. 4.8–6.3% HL), each side of triangular vomerine tooth patch concave (vs. Slightly convex), snout shorter than horizontal eye window (vs. Snout longer than eye), and 11–13 (vs. 6–7) light spots on middle part of body. Additionally, they differ in many characters such as number of dorsal-fin rays, pectoral-fin rays and total vertebrae and preanal length.

CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 5, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Squat lobsters of the family Munidopsidae are reported from deep-waters off the Philippines based on the material collected by the PANGLAO 2005 and AURORA expeditions. The material includes three species of the genus Galacantha A. Milne-Edwards, 1880 and 23 species of Munidopsis Whiteaves, 1874. Four species are described as new to science and nine species are recorded for the first time from the Philippines. Colour notes and illustrations from fresh specimens are provided for all the species. The poorly known species, Munidopsis ceratophthalma Alcock, 1901, is described in detail based on a Philippine specimen to supplement the original account of the species. Re-examination of the specimen previously reported as M. ceratophthalma from Taiwan reveals that it represents a new species, which is hereby described in this report.

AURORA 2007, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 4, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, TAIWAN 2000

Ophiuroids of the families Ophiacanthidae (46 species) and Hemieuryalidae (2 species) are monographed for the region around New Caledonia in the southwest Pacific Ocean. Ophiohamus nanus n. gen. n. sp. is described in the Ophioplinthacinae. New species are also described in the following genera: Ophiacantha (O. fuscina n. sp., O. richeri n. sp.), Ophioplinthaca (O. amezianeae n. sp.), Ophiomitrella (O. mensa n. sp., O. parviglobosa n. sp.), Ophiothamnus (O. biocal n. sp.) and Ophiurothamnus (O. eleaumei n. sp.). The genus Ophiocyclus is synonymised with Ophiurothamnus, Ophiomelina with Ophiacantha, Toporkovia with Ophiolimna, Ophiomytis with Ophioplinthaca, and Ophiogyptis with Ophiomoeris. Ophiomelina moniliformis (Koehler, 1904) thus becomes a junior homonym of Ophiacantha moniliformis Lütken & Mortensen, 1899 and the replacement name Ophiacantha renekoehleri n. nom. is proposed. In addition there are 37 new species-level synonymies and 19 other new genus-species combinations. A key is provided for all genera and all tropical Indo-West Pacific species of the Ophiacanthidae. The results show that the biogeographical relationship of the ophiacanthid fauna of New Caledonia is with the tropical Indo-Pacific. Less than ten percent of the fauna is shared with Southern Australia and fifteen percent with New Zealand. More broadly, there appears to be a single ophiacanthid fauna at upper to middle slope depths (200-2500 m) across the Indo-West Pacific from Africa to Hawaii, with limited east-west differentiation. This fauna grades into distinct temperate bathyal faunas near South Africa, China/Japan and Australia/New Zealand, until there is an almost complete changeover of species by 45° latitude in both hemispheres.

BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, Restreint, SMIB 1, SMIB 4, VOLSMAR

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, GEMINI, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VOLSMAR

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, GEMINI, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, VOLSMAR

Morid cods, family Moridae, of the New Caledonian Exclusive Economic Zone are reviewed based on fresh specimens obtained during exploratory fishing by ORSTOM and preserved specimens held in research collections in Paris, Nouméa and Wellington, The following eleven species in six genera are described: Gadella brocca new species, endemic; Gadella norops Paulin, southern Indian Ocean and southwestern Pacific Ocean; Laemonema filodorsale Okamura, new record, western Pacific; Laemonema palauense Okamura, western Pacific Ocean; Lepidion inosimae (Günther), new record, western Pacific Ocean; Mora moro (Risso), new record, northwest Atlantic Ocean, Mediterranean Sea, southern Indian Ocean and South Pacific Ocean; Physicidus longifilis Weber, new record, Flores Sea and northern Australia; Physicidus luminosus Paulin, new record,,South Pacific Ocean; Physiculus roseus Alcock, new record, Indian Ocean, South China Sea, Phillipines; Physiculus therosideros Paulin, southwestern Pacific Ocean; Tripterophycis svetovidovi Sazanov & Shcherbachev, new record, warm temperate South Atlantic, Indian and Pacific Oceans. A key to the species is provided.

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 3, SMIB 4

Brachyuran crabs belonging to the subfamily Ethusinae Guinot, 1977, family Dorippidae MacLeay, 1838, are adapted to carry bivalve shells or other objects on their backs by using the hooked dactyli of their last two pairs of pereopods (P4 and P5), which are dorsally located and mobile. Most species inhabit deep water and are infrequently collected. The taxonomy of the 57 known Indo-West Pacific species of ethusines is revised. The subfamily consists of three genera: Ethusa Roux, 1830, with 30 species of which four are being described as new, Ethusina Smith, 1884, with 25 species of which eight are new, and Parethusa Chen, 1997, with two species of which one is new. Ethusa and Ethusina are worldwide in distribution while Parethusa is exclusive to the Indo-West Pacific region. Seven nominal species described by other authors were found to be junior subjective synonyms of other species: Ethusa major Chen, 1993, of Ethusa orientalis Miers, 1886; Ethusa makasarica Chen, 1993, of Ethusa hirsuta McArdle, 1900; Ethusa madagascariensis Chen, 1987, of Ethusa zurstrasseni Doflein, 1904; Ethusina investigatoris (Alcock, 1896) and E. alcocki Ng & Ho, 2003, of Ethusina robusta Miers, 1886; Ethusina insolita Ng & Ho, 2003, of Ethusina dilobotus Chen, 1993; and Ethusina saltator Ng & Ho, 2000, of Ethusina paralongipes Chen, 1993.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restreint, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD20 (SAFARI), MD28 (SAFARI II), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, PANGLAO 2004, SALOMON 1, SMIB 6, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, TAIWAN 2003

The species of Acryptolaria present in collections from several French expeditions in the western Pacific, mostly in the waters around New Caledonia and neighbouring areas, have been studied. The collection proved to be rich in biodiversity, since 29 species were found, of which 19 new to science, doubling the number of known species in this genus. All the species are described, including measurements, and figured. The unknown coppiniae of several previously described species have been found; these are also described and figured. The study confirmed the key role of the cnidome for species identification.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, GEMINI, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5

This paper reports on deep water Pyramidellidae from the tropical South Pacific, collected during the Tropical Deep-Sea Benthos expeditions conducted by IRD and MNHN in New Caledonia, the Solomon Islands, Fiji, Tonga, Vanuatu, Wallis and Futuna, and French Polynesian, and deals more specifically with those species that can be included in the tribe Turbonillini. Since the different genera have not been thoroughly revised at the present time and there is no certainty about their validity, we have employed only the genus name Turbonilla in a broad sense. In total, 272 species are studied, of which 30 were already known, 33 were too poorly represented to be named and are presented as sp., and 209 are described as new to science. There is a clear decrease in species richness from the Solomon Islands (202 species) eastwards to Fiji (82 species), New Caledonia (85 species), Vanuatu (31 species), Tonga (11 species) and the Marquesas (7 species). Replacement names are proposed for Turbonilla gracilis (A. Adams, 1854) non Turbo gracilis Brocchi, 1814, and Exesilla sulcata Laseron, 1959, non Odostomia sulcata Garrett, 1873, both secondary homonyms in Turbonilla. New taxonomic opinions in this work are the following: Turbonilla theresa Thiele, 1925 and Pyrgiscus mirandus Saurin, 1959 are considered synonyms of Turbonilla funiculata de Folin, 1868; Odontostomia robusta Hedley, 1899, Turbonilla microscopica Laseron, 1959, and Turbonilla (Pyrgostelis) manorae Melvill, 1898 are considered synonyms of Turbonilla mumia (A. Adams, 1861); Turbonilla decussata Pease, 1861, T. elongata Pease, 1868, Proto cornelliana Newcomb, 1870, Chemnitzia coppingeri E. A Smith, 1884, Turbonilla (Lancella) bella Dall & Bartsch, 1906, and Turbonilla (Lancella) vitiensis Pilsbry, 1917 are considered synonyms of Turbonilla varicosa (A. Adams, 1855); Elusa secunda Saurin, 1959 is a synonym of Turbonilla ovalis de Folin, 1868; Turbonilla multigyrata Dunker, 1882 is a synonym of T. candida A. Adams, 1855; Turbonilla lydia Thiele, 1925 is a synonym of Turbonilla crystallina Dall & Bartsch, 1906.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

The type, size, shape and distribution of nematocysts represent important taxonomic characters that help to identify many hydrozoan species. The Stylasteridae is one of the most species-rich hydroid families. Nevertheless, information about the soft tissue and especially data about the nematocysts are still very scant. Scattered data about nematocysts are available in several taxonomic papers, but unfortunately without the type identification or shape description, this information is not very useful. Therefore, several questions still need answers. What types of nematocysts are present in the stylasterid family? Do nematocysts have a particular distribution in the soft tissue? Could they be considered a useful taxonomic character for the family? Is it possible to hypothesize their functions? In order to answer these questions, we analysed 15 stylasterid species belonging to seven genera. Euryteles, desmonemes, isorhizas and probably also mastigophores were identified. All examined species have euryteles and desmonemes, while isorhizas are recorded in two genera and mastigophores in only one genus. Moreover, the shape of the nematocysts in some species is very distinct. The distribution of nematocysts shows that each species contains, in the coenosarc, all nematocysts of its cnidome, while in the polyps there are only euryteles and desmonemes. Our study showed that in integrating the information about nematocyst type, size, shape and distribution, each species investigated herein has a specific cnidome. Therefore, nematocysts have a taxonomic value for stylasterids and, whenever possible, nematocysts should be included in the species descriptions. Moreover, the possible functions of stylasterid nematocysts are given in relation to their type and distribution.

CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4

During a broad molecular taxonomic and phylogenetic survey of the gastropod superfamily Conoidea, 80 specimens of several species of the genus Gemmuloborsonia were sequenced for the cytochrome c oxidase subunit I gene. The genus, originally established for fossil species from the Plio-Pleistocene of the Philippines, now includes living species from bathyal depths of the Indo-Pacific Oceans. The molecular data demonstrated the presence of five separate entities, while only four ‘morphospecies’ could be isolated by visual examination. The two largest groups, representing separate species from the molecular data, were impossible to distinguish with certainty using shell or anatomical characters. To examine shell morphology in more detail the shape of the last whorl was analysed by Fourier analysis, and the Fourier coordinates were used in canonical variate analysis. The majority of the specimens were separated into two groups, but 21.6% of the specimens were impossible to distinguish by morphological characters. One of these two forms was attributed to the known species Gemmuloborsonia moosai Sysoev & Bouchet, 1996, while the other is described as a new species Gemmuloborsonia clandestina. Bathytoma colorata Sysoev & Bouchet, 2001 is transferred to Gemmuloborsonia on the basis of molecular analysis and radular morphology. Another species, represented in our material by a single specimen, remains undescribed.

AURORA 2007, CHALCAL 2, EBISCO, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3

Recent dredgings in waters around New Caledonia revealed two new Conus species which are described as Conus richeri, n. sp. and Conus plinthis, n. sp. Both new species are compared to closely related species and their variability is enumerated.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 1, SMIB 3, VAUBAN 1978-1979

From the 26th of October to the lSt of November 1986, the R.V. "CORIOLIS' completed a dredging and trawling survey on the seamounts located on the Norfolk Ridge. The bathyal benthos was abundant and diversified. Several specimens of a Crinoid belonging to a family which was supposed to be extinct since the Jurassic were collected. At depths between 280 and 600 m these seamounts show flat tops the ichtyofauna of which is rich . Trawl hauls showed their fisheries potential as several high valued commercial species were caught e.g. Etelk comscans, Apsilus sp, , Pentaceros japonhi$, P. richardson< (armorhead) and Beryx sphmdens (alfonsin).

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3

CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4

New Caledonia is an island situated in the South West Pacific on the edge of the Indo- Australian plate (fig. 1). The morphology of the sea-bed in this région is extremely complex and very varied structures occur. Thus the principal island of New Caledonia (The Mainland, or ' Grande-Terre '), and adjacent islands (the Isle of Pines and the Belep Islands) are an emerged portion of the Norfolk Ridge, a geosyncline dating from the Mesozoic, which extends to New Zealand.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4

BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VOLSMAR

AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, VOLSMAR

A new species of deep-sea spider crab of the genus Cyrtomaia (Brachyura:Majidae) is described from Guam and Palau. Cyrtomaia micronesica n. sp. is differentiated from its closest congener, C. cornuta Guinot & Richer de Forges, 1988, from New Caledonia by a different carapace armature, shorter basal antennal spines, proportionately longer chelipeds, relatively longer male second and fourth ambulatory meri, and a different male first pleopod.

CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4

On the basis of fresh collections from various parts of the western Pacific, three species of majoid crabs previously considered as rare are redescribed and figured: Oxypleurodon bidens (Sakai, 1969), O. auritum (Rathbun, 1916) and O. coralliophilum (Takeda, 1980). Four new species are described: O. boholense from the Philippines, O. barazeri and O. parallelum front the Solomon Islands, and O. alaini from New Caledonia. A new genus and new species, Stegopleurodon planirostrum, is described from New Caledonia and Vanuatu. The two species currently assigned to the allied American genus Sphenocarcinus A. Milne-Edwards, 1875, are re-examined, and a new genus, Rhinocarcinus. is established for the Pacific species Sphenocarcinus agassizi Rathbun, 1893.

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 1, SALOMONBOA 3, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000

The Australasian Eucla cod, Euclichthys polynemus McCulloch, family Euclichthyidae, is described for the first time from the New Caledonian Exclusive Economic Zone where it appears to be restricted to seamount "B" (24°55'S, 168°21 'E) on the northern Norfolk Ridge southeast of New Caledonia. The Eucla cod is superficially very similar to morid cods (family Moridae), but can be distinguished by a long filamentous pelvic fin with four to six distal elements, an unequally divided anal fin, and an asymmetrical caudal fin.

BERYX 11, BERYX 2, CHALCAL 2

Gemfishes of the genus Rexea from the New Caledonia Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) are reviewed based on fresh and preserved specimens. Three species are recognized: Rexea aniefurcata Parin, 1989, confirming recent records (previously also recorded as R. prometheoides), distinguished by the presence of small scales on the caudal peduncle and extending anteriorly along the edges of the lower lateral line, lateral line branching below the 4th-5th dorsal fm spines, a long pectoral fm, and dusky colour of spinous dorsal fm membrane and (in adults) pectoral fm; R. bengalensis (Alcock, 1894), first record, distinguished by its small maximum size, lateral line branching below the 5th-6th dorsal fin spines, long pectoral fin, and naked body (except lateral line); and R. alisae sp. nov., endemic, distinguished by 3-4 dorsal finlets and 4 anal finlets, lateral line branching below the 6th to 7th dorsal fin spines, posterior extent of the upper lateral line, its naked body (except lateral line), and coloration. A key to New Caledonian gemfishes {Rexea spp., Rexichthys johnpaxtoni and Promethichthys prometheus) is provided.

BERYX 11, BERYX 2, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHAUS, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.3, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PAPUA NIUGINI, RAPA 2002, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, Walters Shoal

The genus Leiogalathea Baba, 1969 currently contains only two benthic species both occurring on the continental shelves and slope: L. laevirostris (Balss, 1913), widely reported in the Indo-Pacific region, and L. agassizii (A. Milne Edwards, 1880), from both sides of the Central Atlantic. A certain degree of morphological variability linked to their geographic distributions was previously noticed, mostly in L. laevirostris. In the present study, we revise numerous specimens collected from the Atlantic, Indian and Pacific Oceans, analysing morphological and molecular characters (COI and 16S rRNA). We found 15 new species; all of them are distinguished from L. laevirostris and L. agassizii by subtle but constant morphological differences and show clear genetic separation. Furthermore, L. imperialis (Miyake & Baba, 1967), previously synonymized with L. laevirostris, was found to be a valid species. All species are described and illustrated. Species of the genus Leiogalathea are morphologically distinguishable on the basis of the spinulation of the carapace, the shape and the armature of the rostrum, the shape of the propodi of the walking legs, and the pattern of the setae covering on rostrum, carapace and chelae. Some species are barely discernible on the basis of these characters but are highly divergent genetically.

BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOGEOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 2, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, TARASOC, VOLSMAR

The genus Phylladiorhynchus Baba, 1969 currently contains 11 species, all occurring in the shallow waters and on the continental shelf of the Indian and Pacific oceans. Recent expeditions in these oceans have resulted in the collection of numerous new specimens in need of analysis. We have studied this material using an integrative approach analysing both morphological and molecular (COI and 16S) characters. We describe 41 new species and resurrect three old names: P. integrus (Benedict, 1902) and P. lenzi (Rathbun, 1907), previously synonymized with P. pusillus (Henderson, 1885), and P. serrirostris (Melin, 1939), previously synonymized with P. integrirostris (Dana, 1852). Most species of the genus are described and illustrated. Some species are barely discernible on the basis of morphological characters but are highly divergent genetically. Species of Phylladiorhynchus are mainly distinguishable by the number of epigastric spines and lateral spines of the carapace, the shape and the armature of the rostrum, the number and pattern of the ridges on the carapace and pleon, the shape of thoracic sternite 3 and the armature of the P2–4 dactyli. A dichotomous identification key to all species is provided.

ATIMO VATAE, BENTHAUS, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KAVIENG 2014, KOUMAC 2.1, KOUMAC 2.3, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, MD08 (BENTHOS), MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, PAKAIHI I TE MOANA, PALEO-SURPRISE, PAPUA NIUGINI, RAPA 2002, SANTO 2006, TARASOC, Walters Shoal

The ecology, abundance and diversity of galatheoid squat lobsters make them an ideal group to study deep-sea diversification processes. Here, we reconstructed the evolutionary and biogeographic history of Leiogalathea, a genus of circum-tropical deep-sea squat lobsters, in order to compare patterns and processes that have affected shallow-water and deep-sea squat lobster species. We first built a multilocus phylogeny and a calibrated species tree with a relaxed clock using StarBEAST2 to reconstruct evolutionary relationships and divergence times among Leiogalathea species. We used BioGeoBEARS and a DEC model, implemented in RevBayes, to reconstruct ancestral distribution ranges and the biogeographic history of the genus. Our results showed that Leiogalathea is monophyletic and comprises four main lineages; morphological homogeneity is common within and between clades, except in one; the reconstructed ancestral range of the genus is in the Atlantic and Indian oceans (Tethys). They also revealed the divergence of the Atlantic species around 25 million years ago (Ma), intense cladogenesis 15–25 Ma and low levels of speciation over the last 5 million years (Myr). The four Leiogalathea lineages showed similar patterns of speciation: allopatric speciation followed by range expansion and subsequent stasis. Leiogalathea started diversifying during the Oligocene, likely in the Tethyan. The Atlantic lineage then split from its Indo-Pacific sister group due to vicariance driven by closure of the Tethys Seaway. The Atlantic lineage is less speciose compared with the Indo-Pacific lineages, with the Tropical Southwestern Pacific being the current centre of diversity. Leiogalathea diversification coincided with cladogenetic peaks in shallow-water genera, indicating that historical biogeographic events similarly shaped the diversification and distribution of both deep-sea and shallow-water squat lobsters.

BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOGEOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, Restreint, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 2, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, LAGON, MADEEP, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, Restreint, TARASOC, VOLSMAR

The New Caledonian species of Cones with a main distribution below 100 m are surveyed. This fauna consists of 39 species, of which 5 are new and 18 represent significant range extensions. In addition, eight species, mostly represented by single specimens, remain unidentified. Ten species (Conus boucheti, C. kanakinus, C. luciae, C. plinthis, C. richeri, and the five new ones) are so far only known from the New Caledonia region and may be endemic. Conus smirna and C. profundorum are regarded as distinct, and two additional species are described in this species complex: C. vaubani sp. Nov., from South of New Caledonia and of the New Hebrides Arc in 440-775 m; and C. loyahiensis sp. Nov. From the Loyalty Islands in 480-575 m. Three other new species, and one subspecies, are named: Conus alisi sp. Nov. From the New Caledonia area, in 200-525 m; C. estivali sp. Nov. From the Chesterfield Islands, Coral Sea, in 355-410 m; C. gondwanensis sp. Nov. From the Norfolk Ridge, South New Caledonia, in 170-260 m; and C. orbignyi coriolisi ssp. Nov., from the Coral Sea, New Caledonia and Loyalty Islands, in 225-550 m.

BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, GEMINI, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

A review of species of the deep-sea sponge-associated shrimp genera Spongicola de Haan, 1844 and Paraspongicola de Saint Laurent & Cleva, 1981 (Decapoda, Stenopodidea) is presented on the basis of rich collections made by French expeditions in the Indo-West Pacific, supplemented by collections preserved in various institutions in the world. Seven species are recognized in Spongicola, of which three are new to science: S. venustus de Haan, 1844, S. andamanicus Alcock, 1901, S. levigatus Hayashi & Ogawa, 1987, S. parvispinus Zarenkov, 1990, S. depressus n. sp. from Loyalty Islands, S. goyi n. sp. from Japan, Indonesia, New Caledonia and Vanuatu, and S. robustus n. sp. from Mauritius and Mozambique. Subspecific division of S. andamanicus Alcock, 190 1, proposed by de Saint Laurenr & Cleva (198 1), is abandoned, since our morphological analysis strongly suggests that the division does not reflect a population structure of the species; S. holthuisi de Saint Laurent & Cleva, 198 1, is also reduced to a junior synonym of S. andamanicus. Two species are recognized in Paraspongicola, both previously described, viz. P. pusillus de Saint Laurent & Cleva, 1981 and P. inflatus (de saint Laurent & Cleva, 198 1) n. comb., of which the latter is here transferred from Spongicola. Keys in aid for identification are provided for each genus. Geographic and bathymetric distributions of species are briefly discussed. Association with host sponges was verified for some species.

BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, EBISCO, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LIFOU 2000, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 1, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

Domiporta dianneae n. sp. Is described from the Indo-Pacific and compared to Domiporta sigillata (Azuma, 1965). Scabricola splendidula n. sp., from the Philippines and Solomon Islands is compared to Scabricola coriacea (Reeve, 1845), Neocancilla clathnis clathrus (Gmelin, 1791) and Neocancilla maciilosa (Gmelin, 1791). Mitra {Mitra) heinickei n. sp. From the Philippine Islands is compared to Mitra {Mitra) maui Kay, 1979 and Ziba? Rehderi (J. H. Webb, 1958). A new record and range for Mitra (Mitra) maui Kay, 1979 is reported. Mitra (Mitra) millepunctata Schepman, 1911 (non Mitra millepunctata Sowerby, 1889) is given a new name: Mitra (Mitra) schepmani.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

New data on the scaphopod fauna of the Indo-West Pacific are presented, based on new material from recent oceanographic expeditions, mostly in the SW Indian Ocean, SE Asia and the New Caledonia region. Over 780 stations yielded a total of 139 species. Of 81 species of Dentaliida and 58 Gadilida, 42 species (16 Dentaliida and 26 Gadilida), as well as 3 gadilid genera, are described as new. Many range extensions are documented, and new synonymies are established. With 73 recorded species, New Caledonia is currently the geographic area with the highest documented scaphopod diversity. Their bathymetric distribution shows a peak in species numbers in deep water around 800 m, with a second, minor peak for Gadilida at around 2,000 m. Including genera not represented in the Indo-Pacific, 44 Recent scaphopod genera are recognized. The radula of 42 of these is described, and an update of the general classification of the class Scaphopoda is proposed.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, Restreint, Restreint, Restreint, GEMINI, LAGON, MD20 (SAFARI), MD28 (SAFARI II), MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMCB, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Study of deep-water chitons from around New Caledonia and Vanuatu has revealed 35 species, of which 25 species were identified to species and 10 only to genus. This article includes 7 new records for this area of which 4 are described as new species: Ischnochiton crassus Kaas, 1985, Stenosemus robustus Kaas, 1991, S. herosae n. sp., Connexochiton discernibilis Kaas, 1991, Loricella vanbellei n. sp., L. eernissei n. sp. and L. dellangeloi n. sp. In addition, Vermichiton vermiculus Kaas, 1991 is reviewed. Based on available biogeographic data it is proposed that Loricella originated off South Australia during the Oligocene, in a time of global cooling. Later, Loricella extended its range north up to Taiwan and east to Tonga, most likely remaining in the bathyal zone. These new discoveries add to the already high diversity and high proportion of endemics known from this region, and a speculative interpretation of these patterns is offered in conclusion.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

This catalog lists names of Recent and fossil species-group taxa of the molluscan class Scaphopoda. Of a total of 1965 entries, 517 are attributed to valid Recent taxa, 816 to valid fossil taxa, 543 are invalid names, and 89 were subsequently excluded from the Scaphopoda. The authorship and complete bibliographic references are provided for each name. The original and current generic allocation, type locality, and type material depositories, as far as available, are provided. Synonyms, geographic distributions, and bathymetric ranges are provided for Recent taxa. Cross references to junior synonyms are based upon published opinions. Eight species taxa are newly synonymized herein: Dentalium tessellatum is a junior synonym of Entalinopsis habutae; Dentalium caudani is a junior synonym of Fissidentalium candidum; F. ergasticum, F. milneedwardsi, and F. scamnatum are junior synonyms of F. capillosum; F. exuberans is a junior synonym of F. paucicostatum; and Cadulus halius is a junior synonym of C. podagrinus. Three subspecific taxa are synonymized with the respective nominate species: Antalis cerata tenax, Polyschides rushii arne, and Gadila agassizii hatterasensis. Further, eight new generic combinations are proposed: Paradentalium americanum n. comb., Coccodentalium cancellatum n. comb., Fissidentalium peruvianum n. comb., Pulsellum teres n. comb., Polyschides poculum n. comb., Polyschides foweyensis n. comb., Polyschides portoricensis n. comb., and Polyschides nitidus n. comb. Thirteen junior homonyms are renamed and listed in the appendix 1.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, Restreint, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, Restreint

Fourty-nine species of Pycnogonida (and six unidentifiable forms) are recorded from the continental slope (200-3740 m) in the Western Pacific off New Caledonia, the Loyalty and Chesterfield Islands, and in the Lau Basin ; only six samples originate from the continental shelf (40-73 m). Of these 49 species, not less than 33 (67 %) are new to Science. The new species belong to the genera Ascorhynchus (3 spp.), Ammothella (1 sp.), Heterofragilia (1 sp.), Cilunculus (4 spp.), Proboehmia gen. Nov. (1 sp.), Sericosura (1 sp.), Rhopalorhynchus (1 sp.), Colossendeis (1 sp.), Hedgpelhia (1 sp.), Austrodecus (5 spp., of which 4 attributed to a new subgenus, Tubidecus), Nymphon (4 spp.), Seguapallene (1 sp.), Parapallene (1 sp.), Pallenopsis s. str. (1 sp.), Pallenopsis (Bathypallenopsis) (1 sp.), Phoxichilidium (2 spp.). Anoplodactylus (1 sp.), and Pycnogonum (3 spp.). The richness in new species is explained by the fact that the bathyal zone around New Caledonia was unexplored so far for Pycnogonida.

AZTEQUE, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, Restreint, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

A short preliminary report ofan ongoing study of the New Caledonian deep-sea ophiuroid fatma is presented with a list of39 genera of79 species, including six previously undescribed species and a new gel1lls. Three species (Astrogynmotes hamishia Baker et al. , 2001, Astrothamnus sp., Ophioli/J/na antarctica (Lyman, 1879)) representing the main groups Ophiomyxidae, Euryalida, and Ophiacanthidae are presented briefly, illustrated with scanning electron micrographs, as examples of the Im·ger work that will be published elsewhere after the project will be finished.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 4

The genus Gemmulobonorua Shuto, 1989, until now known only from Upper Miocene-Lower Pleistocene deposits of the Tethys, is recorded in Recent faunas, with five new bathyal species from New Caledonia, Indonesia, Mozambique Channel, and the Philippines. Radular morphology indicates that Cemmuloborsoma belongs to the subfamily Turnnae, and not to Borsoruinae, where it had been allocated based on shell morphology. Columellar pleats, which have long been considered a synapomorphy of the borsoruid group of genera, have thus been acquired independently in the Turnnae. The consequence of this finding is that the current (sub)familly allocation of some genera, based on shell characters only, may need reevaluation.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, KARUBAR, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3, VOLSMAR

Several hundred species of turriform gastropods (Drilliidae, Turridae, Conidae) have been collected at bathyal depths in New Caledonia and other South-West Pacific archipelagoes. Seventeen new species are here described in the genera Drillia (Drilliidae), Inquisitor, Funa, Zemacies, Comitas (Turridae), Benthofascis, Bathytomq Glyphostoma, Daphnella, Spergo, Gymnobela, Teretiopsis, and Rocroithys gen. Novo (Conidae). The genus Zemacies, until now known from Paleocene to Pliocene deposits in New Zealand and Australia, is recognized for the first time in the Recent fauna, and includes Z. excelsa sp. Novo from New Caledonia, and Z. queenslandica (Powell, 1969) comb. nov., from Queensland to Papua. Benthofascis lozoueti sp. Nov., from the Norfolk Ridge, is the second confirmed species of the genus. Bathytoma boholica Parth, 1994 is synonymized with B. atractoides (Watson, 1881), and the validity of B. hedlandensis Tippett & Kosuge, 1994 is questioned. The range of Spergo fusiformis (Kuroda & Habe, 1961), hitherto known only from Japan, is shown to extend to Madagascar and the South-West Pacific. Daphnella itonis, which has been known under that name in the Japanese literature for more than 40 years, is formally described for the first time, based on specimens from New Caledonia. The species has very long radular teeth and, like molluscivorous species of cones, appears to be feeding on gastropods.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, Restreint, Restreint, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BERYX 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8

Four new species of urolophid stingarees are described from the Coral Sea (South-West Pacific): Urolophus deforgesi sp. nov. and U. papilio sp. nov. from the continental slope of the Chesterfield Islands; U. neocaledoniensis sp. nov. is more widely distributed on the slopes of the Chesterfield Islands and New Caledonia and along the northern part of the Norfolk Ridge; U. piperatus sp. nov. is restricted to the coast of northern Queensland (Australia). The holotype and only known specimen of a rare and unusual stingaree, U. annatus Val. in Muller & Henle, 1841 from New Ireland (Bismark Archipelago), is redescribed and it could represent a new genus. The new species are mainly distinguished by a combination of the following characters: disc shape (particularly its width), dorsal fin (present or absent), interorbital distance (narrow or broad), tail length (short or elongated), coloration (plain or with spots), and oral papillae, vertebrae and pectoral-fin radial counts. A key for the urolophids of the Coral Sea is provided.

AZTEQUE, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 5

During the "MUSORSTOM" cruises in the southwestern Pacific, and particulariy off New Caledonia, 19 species of Hexactinellida Amphidiscophora have been found. Twelve species are considered as new: Hyalonema spatlia, H. uncinata, H. microstauractina, Sericolophus calsubus, S. neocaledonicus, Semperella abyssalis, S. crosnieri, S. varioactina foliopogon micropentactinus, P. claviculus, P. zonecus, and Pheronema pseudogiganteum. Iwo other new species were collected near Hawaii: Sericolophus hawaiicus and off eastern Australia: Sericolophus cidancus. The description of the holotype of Pheronema giganteum Schulze is completed.

BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, Restreint, SMIB 1, SMIB 4, VAUBAN 1978-1979

This is part of a series of papers (TAVARES, 1991a, 1991b, 1992a, 1992b, 1992c) reviewing the Cyclodorippidae Ortmann, 1892, and Cymonomidae Bouvier, 1897, of the world. It contains a review of all the Cyclodorippidae from the Indo West Pacific as well as one genus of Cymonomidae. This is a systematic approach preceding a more detailed study of the Cyclodorippoidea morphology and of the phylogenetic relationships within the superfamily. The present work was based upon large collections from the Indo-West Pacific (Madagascar, Japan, Vietnam, Philippines, Indonesia, Australia, Chesterfield Islands, New Caledonia, Loyalty Islands, and Wallis and Futuna Islands) carried out by the following French expéditions : MUSORSTOM 1-7, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, and SMIB 6. Also included is the material collected by the "Siboga" Expédition, 1899, CRUSTACEA DECAPODA : CYCLODORIPPIDAE ET CYMONOMIDAE 255 "Albatross", 1908, the material collected by the Russian océanographie ships "Orlik" in 1960 on the coast of Vietnam and "Vytiatz" on the west coast of Australia, two samples made by Raoul SERÈNE in Indonesia in during the RUMPHIUS I expédition in 1973 and RUMPHIUS IV in 1975, as well as collections made by the Australian ship "Soela" in 1984 on the north coast of Australia, and others made during the expédition CiDARis I under the auspices of the James Cook University on the Great Barrier Reef. Additional material from the collections of The Natural History Muséum (British Muséum), London ; Museum of Comparative Zoology, Massachusetts ; Zoological Museum of Moscow University ; National Science Museum, Tokyo; Northern Territory Muséum of Arts and Science, Darwin ; Queensland Museum, Brisbane ; South African Museum, Cape Town ; National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington and Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam was also examined. Because of insufficient original descriptions, the re-examination of all type specimens [except for Tymolus truncatus (Ihle, 1916) which is apparently lost and Genkaia gordonae Miyaké and Takeda, 1970] and most of the spécimens cited in the literature, was required to properly establish the correspondence between species and the names introduced in the literature.Until now, seven gênera (Tymolus, Corycodus, Xeinostoma, Genkaia, Krangalangia, Ketamia, and Cymonomus) and23 species of Cyclodorippidae and Cymonomidae were known from the Indo-west Pacific. They are as follows : Cyclodorippidae : Tymolus japonicus Stimpson, 1858, T. uncifer (Ortmann, 1892), T. dromioides (Ortmann, 1892), T. similis (Grant, 1905), T. truncatus (Ihle, 1916), T. brucei Tavares, 1991, Corycodus disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910), Xeinostoma eucheir Stebbing, 1920, Krangalangia rostrata (Ihle, 1916), K. spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970), Ketamia depressa (Ihle, 1916), Genkaia gordonae Miyaké and Takeda, 1970. Cymonomidae : Cymonomus valdiviae Lankaster, 1903, C. andamanicus Alcock, 1905, C. indicus Ihle, 1916, C. trifurcus Stebbing, 1920, C. japonicus Balss, 1922, C. curvirostris Sakai, 1965, C. aequilonius Dell, 1971, C. bathamae Dell, 1971, C. delli Griffin and Brown, 1976, C. umitake Takeda, 1981, C. hakuhoae Takeda and Moosa, 1990. From this study : — Two new genera (Phyllotymolinum and Elassopodus) and 11 new species of Cyclodorippoidea are herein described : Cyclodorippidae : Corycodus merweae, C. decorus, Xeinostoma richeri, X. sakaii, Krangalangia orstom, Ketamia handokoi, K. limatula, K. proxima, Genkaia keijii, Phyllotymolinum crosnieri. Cymonomidae : Elassopodus stellatus. — Two species are resurrected : Corycodus bouvieri Ihle, 1916, from the synonymy of C. disjunctipes (Stebbing, 1910) and Krangalangia spinosa (Zarenkov, 1970) from the synonymy of A", rostrata (Ihle, 1916).— Four lectotypes are designated here for the following species : Corycodus disjunctipes, Xeinostomaeucheir,Krangalangia rostrata, and Ketamia depressa.Presently, a total of 9 genera (7 Cyclodorippidae and 2 Cymonomidae) and 34 species (22 Cyclodorippidae and12 Cymonomidae) are known from the Indo-West Pacific. All these species are studied here except those belonging to the genus Cymonomus which will be treated in a future publication. Keys for families, genera and species are provided as well as illustrations for all species.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, SMIB 6

BATHUS 3, BERYX 11, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, EBISCO, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 8, TERRASSES

The genus Profundiconus Kuroda, 1956 is reviewed. The morphological characters of the shell, radular tooth and internal anatomy of species in Profundiconus are discussed. In particular, we studied Profundiconus material collected by dredging in deep water during different scientific campaigns carried out in the Solomon Islands, Madagascar, Papua New Guinea and New Caledonia. We reconstructed a phylogeny of 55 individuals based on partial mitochondrial cox1 gene sequences. The phylogeny shows several clades containing individuals that do not match any of the known species of Profundiconus based on their shell and radular morphologies, and are introduced here as five new species: Profundiconus maribelae sp. nov. from the Solomon Islands; P. virginiae sp. nov. from Chesterfield Plateau (New Caledonia); P. barazeri sp. nov. from Chesterfield Plateau and the Grand Passage area (New Caledonia); P. puillandrei sp. nov. from Norfolk Ridge (New Caledonia), Kermadec Ridge (New Zealand) and possibly Balut Island (Philippines); and P. neocaledonicus sp. nov. from New Caledonia. Furthermore, Profundiconus teramachii forma neotorquatus (da Motta, 1984) is raised to specific status as P. neotorquatus (da Motta, 1984).

ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 3, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, PANGLAO 2005, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 8, TERRASSES

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, KANACONO, KANADEEP, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, SMIB 9, TERRASSES, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

Although a number of brachiopod genera have been defined mainly from their internal structures, the fixity of those structures has rarely been investigated. Variability of the rather simple loops of two New Caledonian species of the Recent genus Stenosarina (Terebratulida), one species having a variant with endemic morphology, provides insight into the relationship between the two species. Procrustes methods based on landmarks are used. Intra-population variability is found to be of the same order of magnitude as inter-population variability. Moreover, the morphological distance between the endemic variant and the other specimens is greater than the distance between the two species of Stenosarina. The study also identifies a morphocline between the three forms of Stenosarina under study.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, SMIB 3

The study of a large collection of cryptobranch dorid nudibranchs from deep waters in New Caledonia and the Philippines revealed the presence of Austrodods kerguelenensis (Bergh, 1884); 18 new species belonging to the genera Cadlina, Austrodoris, Geitodods, Discodoris, Peltodoris, Paradoris, Diaulula, Rostanga, Sclerodoris, Baptodoris and Dendrodoris, and two previously undescribed genera, Goslineria and Pharodoris, The anatomy of all these species, including the digestive, reproductive, and nervous system, are studied in detail. All these species are clearly distinguishable from other members of their genera. Most of the species have a pale, simple background coloration, and two of them lack eyes. Both characteristics seem to be adaptations to living in deep waters. Other deep-water Atlantic and Pacific species of dorid nudibranchs have similar adaptations. The two new genera are characterized by the presence of large copulatory spines, numerous flexible spines in Goslineria, and two solid, bifid spines in Pharodoris. No other cryptobranch dorid genera previously described have similar copulatory spines. Some of the species here described belong to genera previously reported from cold or temperate waters, such as Austrodoris, Cadlina and Diaulula. Most of the species belong to genera that are widespread in either cold, temperate or tropical waters (Rostanga, Paradoris, Geitodods and Baptodoris), and only two belong to exclusively tropical genera (Sclerodoris and Dendrodoris). Vicariant events and vertical dispersal could explain the processes of speciation and the origin of these deep-water species.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 8

Material collected by deep-sea expeditions in the south-west Pacific Ocean reveals a previously unrecognized radiation of the family Phyllidiidae into deeper waters, with a couple of species having a bathymetric range confined below 500 m. Whereas the shallow-water « 100 m) radiation consists mainly of species of Phyllidia, species of Phyllidiopsis make over 70% of the fauna in the 100-500 m interval, and the only two taxa recorded in the 500-750 m interval are species of Phyllidiopsis. A parallel pattern is observed in the Atlantic. There are no consistent anatomical differences between congeneric shallow and deep-water species, but taxa from deeper water are paler and have a simpler dorsal morphology. Twelve new species are described: Phyllidia orstomi sp. novo (Norfolk Ridge, 270-300 m), Phyllidiopsis brunckhorsti sp. novo (New Caledonia, 290350 m), P. anomalasp. Novo (Norfolk and Loyalty Ridges, 240-310 m), P. holothuriana sp. novo (Norfolk Ridge and Vanuatu, 110-240 m), P. macrotuberculata sp. novo (Norfolk Ridge, 270-300 m), P. futunai sp. novo (off Futuna 1., NE of Fiji, 165 245 m),P. crucifera sp. novo (off Futuna 1.,105-160 m), P. lozoueti sp. Novo (Norfolk Ridge, 235 m), P. richeri sp. novo (Norfolk Ridge, 510-750 m), P. circularis sp. novo (Norfolk Ridge, 510-530 m), P. vanuatuensis sp. novo (off Tanna 1., Vanuatu, 410 m), and P. neocaledonica sp. novo (New Caledonia, 315 m). Phyllidia varicosa var.quadrilineata Bergh, 1905, unrecorded since its description from the Flores Sea, Indonesia, is recognized as a valid species of Phyllidiopsis and recorded from Vanuatu in 160 -180 m.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 1, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, SMIB 8

One hundred and twenty-one species of deep sea “cephalaspidean” heterobranchs belonging to the genera Acteon, Crenilabium, Obrussena, Rictaxis, Japonacteon, Maxacteon, Bullina, Diaphana, Toledonia, Cylichna, Scaphander, Sabatia, Roxania, Cylichnium, Acteocina, Truncacteocina, Philine, Retusa, Pyrunculus, Volvulella, Relichna, Micratys, Gastropteron, Aglaja and Philinopsis are reported from the tropical southwest Pacifi c. Thirty-nine of these species are new: Acteon ionfasciatus, Acteon chrystomatus, Rictaxis sanguinea, Japonacteon longissimus, “Acteon” editus, “Acteon” buccinus, “Acteon” ringiculoides, “Acteon” boteroi, “Acteon” loyautensis, “Acteon” rhektos, “Acteon” profundus, “Acteon” osexiguus, “Acteon” aphyodes, “Acteon” herosae, “Acteon” comptus, “Acteon” chauliodous, “Acteon” cohibilis, Bullina rubropunctata, Toledonia neocaledonica, Toledonia epongensis, Cylichna tanyumphalos, Cylichna grovesi, Sabatia pyriformis, Roxania smithae, Cylichnium mucronatum, Cylichnium nanum, Acteocina lata, Philine habei, Philine babai, Philine abyssicola, Retusa diaphana, Retusa insolita, Retusa lenis, Retusa abyssicola, Retusa trunca, Volvulella onoae, Volvulella multistriata, Relichna hadra and Micratys wareni. A previously described species, Acteon aequatorialis, is included in the new genus Bathyacteon. Three species are assigned provisionally to already described species until more material becomes available: Acteon cf. nakayamai, Maxacteon cf. kawamurai, “Acteon” laetus. Thirty-eight species remain unnamed because of the absence of adequate information, but the shells are illustrated. Most species are described based on conchological data. Fourteen species of Acteonidae and two of Retusidae are provisionally assigned to the artifi cial taxa “Acteon” and “Retusidae” until anatomical data become available. The present collecting effort in the southwest Pacifi c has produced large numbers of previously undocumented species. The largest number of species was found in the area comprising the Coral Sea, New Caledonia, Vanuatu, Fiji, Tonga and Wallis and Futuna, which is probably a consequence of a greater collecting effort. The list of species refl ects a high degree of endemism in the deep sea fauna from the southwest Pacifi c. Only a few widespread Indo-Pacific species have been found in the deep sea. It also appears that there is some sort of isolation between the Coral Sea, New Caledonia, Vanuatu, Fiji, Tonga and Wallis and Futuna region and the Philippines and Indonesia region, which is refl ected in the small number of species shared between these two areas. Most species of “cephalaspidean” heterobranchs studied here have broad bathymetric ranges compared to other groups of opisthobranchs, which may be a result of a higher ecological adaptability of this group, or may be an artifact caused by transport of empty shells. When only specimens collected alive are considered, the bathymetric ranges of most species are considerably narrower. Most species studied are exclusively found in the deep sea, but a small number of shallow water species have been recorded here for the fi rst time in deep waters. When the ranges of empty shells are examined there appears to be a turnover of “cephalaspidean” heterobranch species at about 1000-1200 m depth and a blurry transition between shallow waters and the deep sea. When only specimens collected alive are considered, there is a sharp boundary at about 200 m that clearly separates the shallow water and the deep sea faunas. “Cephalaspidean” heterobranch species are more common relative to other groups of opisthobranchs in deep waters than in shallow waters, but this result may be an artefact caused by the collecting techniques.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, Restreint, CORINDON 2, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, PALEO-SURPRISE, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 5, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The genera Cantharus Röding, 1798, Pollia Gray in Sowerby, 1834, and Cancellopollia n.g. (type species : C. gracilis n. sp.) are pisaniine buccinids having a small tooth (labral spine) at the edge of the crenulated outer lip. As defined and restricted here, these genera have a mainly Indo-West Pacific distribution. Cantharus septemcostatus n. sp. , Pollia pellita n. sp., Cancellopollia gracilis n. sp. , and C. ustulata n. sp., are reported from deep water in the New Caledonia region, and Cantharus leucotaeniatus Kosuge, 1985 and Pollia vicdani (Kosuge, 1984) n. comb. are from the Vanuatu. Despite a narrow bathymetric (4154-560 m) and horizontal (northernmost Norfolk Ridge) distribution, Cancellopollia gracilis exhibits remarkable variation, with highly localised morphs.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, VAUBAN 1978-1979

This paper presents the first part of a study of large collections of Hydroida (Cnidaria : Hydrozoa) in the Museum national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, originating from various expeditions in the Philippines, the eastern part of the Malay Archipelago, the Chesterfield Islands, New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands. In this first part, genera of the family Sertulariidae Lamouroux, 1812, are reviewed, including new species of the genera Abietinaria Kirchenpauer, 1884 (1 new species), Dictyocladium Allman, 1888 (1 new species), Gonaxia nov. Gen. (20 new species and a new variety), SertularellaGray, 1848 (8 new species and a new subspecies), Symplectoscyphus Marktanner-Turneretscher, 1890 (6 new speciesand a new subspecies), and Thyroscyphus Allman, 1877 (1 new species). In addition to other, already known species from those genera, species of Caminothujaria Von Campenhausen, 1896, Cnidoscyphus Splettstosser, 1929, Dynamena Lamouroux, 1812, Geminella Billard, 1925, Hydrallmania Hincks, 1868, and Idiellana Cotton & Godfrey, 1942, are recorded. Many of the records are considerable range extensions or constitute new records for the Chesterfield Islands, New Caledonia and Loyalty Islands regions. Additional species and genera will be treated in a second part. Noteworthy is the occurrence of the curious new genus Gonaxia with many new species from the New Caledonia area, producing its gonothecae in intimate contact with the axis and its secondary tubules. Remarkable also is the occurrence of two northern Atlantic shallow water hydroids, Hydrallmania falcata (Linnaeus, 1758) and Diphasia attenuata (Hincks, 1861), the latter to be fully described in the sequel to this report, from deep water of the New Caledonia region. In zoogeographic context, the present study reveals a considerable degree of endemism in the deeper water hydroid fauna of the seas bordering New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands, a phenomenon also observed amongst other groups of marine animals. Further zoogeographic comments will be postponed until a larger part of this highly interesting collection has been fully studied.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Delineating biogeographical regions can provide important insights into the processes shaping large‐scale species distribution patterns. Here we aimed to 1) identify global marine benthic biogeographical regions for ophiuroids extending from shallow waters to the deep sea and 2) quantify the importance of contemporary environmental conditions and geological features in shaping the delineated biogeographical regions. We delineated marine benthic biogeographical regions using a bipartite network analysis applied to a historical dataset of brittle stars. We then examined the faunal exchanges between the regions, and applied random forest models to evaluate the relative role of contemporary environmental conditions and tectonic configuration underlying the proposed biogeographic scheme. We propose ten main large biogeographical regions across the benthos. The biogeographical regions with the highest species richness and endemicity rates were found in the Indo‐Pacific region, Tropical West Atlantic and Southern Ocean, and South America. The key transition regions fall within the subarctic areas of the Pacific and the waters surrounding Southern Australia and New Zealand. Tectonic configuration, surface temperature and salinity were found to be the most important predictors of the ten delineated biogeographical regions. Our biogeographic delineation, including the deep sea, is in partial agreement with those proposed in previous studies. Our results suggest that contemporary environmental conditions (sea water temperature and salinity) strongly influence the modern distribution of ophiuroids, but that plate tectonics left a marked imprint on regional species pools. Future work based on multiple benthic taxa, and with a better understanding of the environmental conditions in the deep sea, are needed to evaluate the robustness of our proposed division.

ATIMO VATAE, AURORA 2007, AZTEQUE, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, CORINDON 2, DongSha 2014, EBISCO, EXBODI, GUYANE 2014, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KARUBAR, KARUBENTHOS 2, LAGON, LITHIST, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, PAPUA NIUGINI, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 1, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, TAIWAN 2000, TARASOC, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR, Walters Shoal

The cardiids of the subfamily Trachycardiinae Stewatt, 1930 (sensu Keen, 1969, genus Papyridea excluded), are reviewed, with special attention given to the geneta Trachycardium, Acrosterigma, and Vasticardium. No change is proposed here to the relatively well-defined taxonomy of Trachycardium, consideted to be exclusively American, with six subgenera, nor to the American Acrosterigma. In contrast, the generic taxonomy of the Indo-Pacific Trachycardiinae, quasi-randomly distributed by authors among the three genera cited above, was not clear and is reevaluated. All of the species are regrouped here into two genera Vasticardium and Acrosterigma which receive clear and usable definitions. The American genus Trachycardium differs widely from them in both hinge and rib morphology. The two genera Vasticardium and Acrosterigma are distinguished mainly by rib motphology. These three genera are now grouped in the subfamily Cardiinae. In several previous articles, I have analyzed in detail the genus Vasticardium, including fifteen Recent species. The results are summarized here. The genus Acrosterigma is represented in America by several fossil species and two Recent species; in the Indo-Pacific, where no general study has previously been undettaken, it is represented by several fossil species (one new) and twenty-five Recent species, of which nine are new; these species are divided into six species-groups. Neotypes ate proposed for Cardium magnum Linné, 1758 and Cardium biradiatum Bruguière, 1789 and lectotypes for Cardium laevigatum Linné, 1758, Cardium serratum Linné, 1758, and Cardium marmoreum Lamarck, 1819.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 4, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, Restreint, Restreint

New records of Thysanodonta from New Caledonia area are listed. Thysanodonta diadema n. sp., T. pileum n. sp. and T. cassis n. sp. are described and compared with similar Thysanodonta species from New Caledonia that are also illustrated. Seven Thysanodonta species are recognised by now in New Caledonia, a eighth species occuring in the neighbouring Chesterfield Islands.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, HALIPRO 2, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 8

New records of 25 Calliotropis species from the Indo-Pacific area are listed, extending the distribution area of some of them. 30 new species and 1 new subspecies are described and compared with similar Calliotropis species : C. conoeides n. sp.; C. helix n. sp.; C. cynee n. sp.; C. chalkeie n. sp.; C. ptykte n. sp.; C. solomonensis n. sp.; C. pistis n. sp.; C. echidnoides n. sp.; C. cycloeides n. sp.; C. pyramoeides n. sp.; C. coopertorium n. sp.; C. asphales n. sp.; C. nux n. sp.; C. oros n. sp.; C. oros marquisensis n. ssp.; C. zone n. sp.; C. hysterea n. sp.; C. stegos n. sp.; C. oregmene n. sp.; C. cooperculum n. sp.; C. keras n. sp.; C. denticulus n. sp.; C. dicrous n. sp.; C. rostrum n. sp.; C. pheidole n. sp.; C. siphaios n. sp.; C. nomisma n. sp.; C. nomismasimilis n. sp.; C. elephas n. sp.; C. ostrideslithos n. sp.; C. trieres n. sp.

BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CALSUB, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, HALICAL 1, HALIPRO 1, HALIPRO 2, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, PALEO-SURPRISE, SALOMON 1, SMIB 1, SMIB 10, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, SMIB 4, SMIB 5, SMIB 6, SMIB 8, TAIWAN 2000, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

New records of 16 known Calliostomatidae species from New Caledonia and Solomon Islands area are listed, extending the distribution area of some of them. Seven new species are described and compared with similar species: Calliostoma (Calliostoma) cochlias n. sp., C. (Fautor) aprosceptum n. sp., C. (F.) diaphoros n. sp., C. (Benthastelena) hexalyssion n. sp., C. (B.) malaita n. sp., C. (Ampullotrochus) tropis n. sp., C. (A.) aporia n. sp. A list of the Calliostomatidae of the Indo-Pacific area is provided with their distribution.

BATHUS 1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, KARUBAR, LAGON, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 2, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, Restreint

A new genus, Arxellia, is described in the family Solariellidae. Nine species are referred to this taxon, eight of which are new and are described in this paper (Arxellia trochos n. sp., Arxellia boucheti n. sp., Arxellia herosae n. sp., Arxellia helicoides n. sp., Arxellia tracheia n. sp., Arxellia thaumasta n. sp., Arxellia maestratii n. sp. And Arxellia erythrea n. sp.). The previously described species Bathymophila tenorioi Poppe, Tagaro & Dekker, 2006 is reassigned to Arxellia.

BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BIOCAL, BIOPAPUA, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 2, EXBODI, LITHIST, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PANGLAO 2005, SMIB 8, VOLSMAR

New records of Chilodontidae species described from various Pacific localities are listed, extending their distribution. 15 new species are described from New Caledonia, Fiji, French Polynesia, Solomon Islands and Taiwan, and compared with similar species: Vaceuchelus cavernoides n. sp., V. phaios n. sp., V. rapaensis n. sp., Herpetopoma pantantoi n. sp., H. vitilevuense n. sp., H. hivaoaense n. sp., Euchelus polysarkon n. sp., Ascetostoma pteroton n. sp., Clypeostoma chranos n. sp., C. adelon n. sp., Pholidotrope asteroeides n. sp., P. choiseulensis n. sp., Danilia stroggylon n. sp., Perrinia cantharidoides n. sp. and P. guadalcanalensis n. sp. Two new synonymies are established: Vaceuchelus saguili Poppe, Tagaro & Dekker, 2006 from the Philippines is synonymized with V. favosus (Melvill & Standen, 1896), and V. vangoethemi Poppe, Tagaro & Dekker, 2006 from the Philippines is synonymized with V. clathratus (A.Adams, 1853)

AURORA 2007, BATHUS 1, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 3, BATHUS 4, BENTHAUS, BERYX 11, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, BOA0, BOA1, BORDAU 1, BORDAU 2, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, KARUBAR, LAGON, LIFOU 2000, Restreint, MONTROUZIER, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, MUSORSTOM 8, MUSORSTOM 9, NORFOLK 1, NORFOLK 2, PALEO-SURPRISE, PANGLAO 2004, PANGLAO 2005, RAPA 2002, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SANTO 2006, SMIB 3, SMIB 8, Restreint, Restreint, TAIWAN 2000, TAIWAN 2001, TAIWAN 2002, VAUBAN 1978-1979, VOLSMAR

The bothid flounder family Bothidae contains 20 genus and 166 species. Most of the known species have wide distributions, others are restricted to specific zones and depth ranges. Fourteen bothid specimens captured near Vanuatu Archipelago were confirmed to be Parabothus taiwanensis (Pleuronectiformes; Bothidae), a rare species described before from only five specimens from the coasts of Taiwan and recorded only from the East China Sea (Amaoka and Shen, 1993; Yamada et al., 2007). The present note provides a description of these specimens with considerable range extension for this species and a new diagnostic character.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CORAIL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SANTO 2006

An analysis of lateral line system (LLS) morphology in 304 species (39% of those presently known) from 121 (92%) genera belonging to all 14 families of Pleuronectiformes is presented. The main feature of the LLS of flatfishes is bilateral asymmetry in the course of the cranial lateral line canals, but also in the reduction of canals or portions of canals, which occurs independently on the eyed and blind sides. The number of reductions is used to define two patterns for comparative analysis. A complete pattern is defined by the presence of all main canals, connected with each other, and the canaliculi that end in pores are usually highly branched. The reduced pattern is defined by the presence of more than two reductions. Each family is characterized by the occurrence of a complete pattern, a reduced pattern or both patterns. The combination of reductions varies considerably and characterizes taxa at the generic level. A reduced pattern appears independently several times and has a complex evolutionary history with reversals to a complete pattern. This study has shown that LLS characters are very informative for phylogeny and taxonomy and should be an important component of the description and revision of pleuronectiform taxa and their relationships.

CHALCAL 1, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORAIL 2, EBISCO, MIRIKY, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 5, SANTO 2006, TARASOC

Based on specimens from the Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, the drilliid genera Splendrillia and Plagiostropha from New Caledonia are revised, and information on species of these genera from other areas is included. A total of 18 species of Splendrillia are examined. Fourteen species are described as new: one from the Philippines and thirteen from New Caledonia (of which two are also recorded from the Mozambique Channel and one from the Philippines). Splendrillia disjecta (Smith, 1888) described from the Persian Gulf, is recorded from the Philippines. Splendrillia persica (Smith, 1888), also described from the Persian Gulf is recorded from New Caledonia. Splendrillia solicitata (Sowerby, 1913) described from Japan is recorded from New Caledonia. Splendrillia praeclara (Melvill, 1893) described from Bombay, India, is recorded from both the Philippines and New Caledonia. Four new species of Plagiostropha are described: three from New Caledonia and one from Réunion Island.

BENTHEDI, BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CHALCAL 2, LAGON, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 2, SMIB 3, VAUBAN 1978-1979

Recent French expeditions to the Philippines, New Caledonia and Makassar Strait (Indonesia) have resulted in a small collection of hyperiid amphipods representing 11 species. All are tropical or warm temperate species. Megalanceola stephenseni, a rare species, is represented by 8 specimens including some very large females and two males; only one male specimen has been recorded previously. Paratyphis promontorii is a new record for the south western Pacific.

BIOCAL, CHALCAL 2, CORINDON 2, MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 3, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5

The bathyal zone lies along the slopes of continents and on seamounts and underwater rises. It extends from the edge of the shelf to the beginning of the abyss and is a substantial part of the ocean, being larger than the shallow shelf zone, including the sublittoral. Some taxa of benthic animals attain their optimal number of species and abundance in the bathyal zone. The distribution of the bathyal fauna is described on the basis of groups of species with comparable geographical range, termed geographic faunistic elements or types of range. The Brachiopoda, which have been thoroughly studied from a large database of samples and records, are used to establish clear biogeographical patterns in the bathyal zone of the world ocean. There are depth-related changes within the limits of the bathyal zone: the number of species; the number of geographic faunistic elements; and the number of latitudinal (climatic) faunistic belts diminish with increasing depth. Correspondingly, there is a reduction in number of faunistic provinces. The simplification in biogeographic structure of bottom fauna down the slopes is in accordance with the simplification in the structure of the water masses that are in contact with the bottom along the slopes. Food supply is also an important factor related to depth distribution of the macrobenthic animals. The basic biogeographical divisions of the bathyal zone become asymmetric under the influence of the unequal distribution of land and water masses on the globe, and in relation to oceanic gyres that cause differences in productivity on the eastern and western sides of the oceans. This inequality results in faunistic differences especially in the number of species in different taxa. The bathyal zone may have acted as a reserve of species for recolonization of the shelves and the abyss between periods of global changes in climate. Partly related to this, the bathyal zone contains many relict species, some of which are the most primitive extant members of their groups. The function of the bathyal zone as a reserve of species is challenged by the consequences of commercial exploitation of the non-sustainable fish and shellfish populations on the upper part of the continental slope and on seamounts.

Restreint, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MD32 (REUNION), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 6, SMIB 3

Five species of brachiopods were found in 7 samples obtained during the cruise Norfolk 2. These species were known before from this region. Four of these species are common and are considered as markers of the deep-sea biofilter, distributed globally in the upper bathyal of continental slopes and seamounts. This deep-sea biofilter remains poorly explored at low latitudes of the Western Pacific. The systematic position of examined species has been clarified. Neoancistrocrania norfolki Laurin, 1992 is included in the family Valdiviathyrididdae Helmcke, 1940. Stenosarina crosnieri (Cooper, 1983) is relocated to the genus Dallithyris Muir-Wood, 1959. A new genus, Laurinia gen. n., was established after the study of soft tissues of Fallax neocaledonensis Laurin, 1997.

BIOCAL, BIOGEOCAL, CALSUB, CHALCAL 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 6, NORFOLK 2, SMIB 1, SMIB 4, VOLSMAR

Restreint, ANT-XXIX_3, ATIMO VATAE, BATHUS 2, BATHUS 4, Restreint, Restreint, Restreint, BENTHAUS, Restreint, BIOCAL, Restreint, Restreint, Restreint, BIOGEOCAL, BIOMAGLO, BIOPAPUA, Restreint, CEAMARC-AA, CHALCAL 2, CONCALIS, CORINDON 2, Restreint, Restreint, Restreint, Restreint, EBISCO, EXBODI, HALIPRO 2, Restreint, KANACONO, KANADEEP, KANADEEP 2, KARUBENTHOS 2, KAVIENG 2014, MADEEP, MD42 (SIBEX), MUSORSTOM 1, MUSORSTOM 10, MUSORSTOM 2, MUSORSTOM 4, MUSORSTOM 5, MUSORSTOM 6, MUSORSTOM 7, Restreint, NORFOLK 2, NanHai 2014, Restreint, SALOMON 1, SALOMON 2, SALOMONBOA 3, SPANBIOS, TAIWAN 2000, Restreint, TARASOC, Restreint, Walters Shoal, ZhongSha 2015